Home

5522A Service Manual

1. E ALIHM CY VAD LIHM 13 101 3LIHM gjh204 eps Figure 5 4 Wiring Diagram 5 14 List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 5 Table 5 5 Final Assembly Reference PURG E Description Part Quantity Designator Number H43 H64 SCREW FHU P LOCK MAG SS 6 32 250 320093 BOTTOM FOOT MOLDED GRAY 7 868786 E 5 15 5522A Service Manual H43 H64 2X Figure 5 5 Final Assembly Chapter 6 SC600 Calibration Option Title Page Introduction td ladridos 6 3 MalMtenance tt ace ae aa ec A 6 3 SCO0O PEC CAOS it A bs a a Canada 6 3 Voltage Function Specifications ccccccsccssscesscessceescseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeenaes 6 4 Edge Specifications ccccccsccsccssscssecesseeeseeeeeeeeeseecssecsseceseceaeeneeseeeseeeseneeenes 6 4 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications cce eereeeeeererererererereraranos 6 5 Time Marker Specifications cccccsccssccssscessceeeeeseecseecsecesecnseeneeseeeseeeeneeenaes 6 5 Wave Generator Specifications ccccccccessceescssseeeeeeeeesecesecesecseeeeeeseeeenseenaes 6 5 Pulse Generator Specifications ccccccccesscesscesseeseeeeeeseceseceseceeeseeeseeeeeaeennes 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Pu
2. 15 16 Current Amps Figure 1 Allowable Duration of Current gt 11 A 5522A Service Manual Resistance Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C ppm of output floor 2 1 Floor Q Resolution 3 Range ppm of output Time and temp since ohms zero cal Q Allowable Current 90 days 1 year 12 hrs 1 C 7 days 5 C 0 to 10 9999 Q 35 40 0 001 0 01 0 0001 1 mA to 125 mA 11 to 32 9999 Q 25 30 0 0015 0 015 0 0001 1 mA to 125 mA 33 to 22 28 0 0014 0 015 0 0001 1 mA to 70 mA 109 9999 Q i i 110 Q to 329 9999 Q 22 28 0 002 0 02 0 0001 1 mA to 40 mA 330 Q to 1 099999 kQ 22 28 0 002 0 02 0 001 1 mA to 18 mA 1 1 to 3 299999 kQ 22 28 0 02 0 2 0 001 100 uA to 5 mA 3910 22 28 0 02 0 1 0 01 100 HA to 1 8 mA 10 99999 kQ i i i per tito 22 28 0 2 1 0 01 10 uA to 0 5 mA 32 99999 kQ i i Haas S he 22 28 0 2 1 0 1 10 HA to 0 18 mA 109 9999 kQ poe 110 to 329 99999 kQ 23 a 2 10 0 1 1 pA to 0 05 mA 330 kQ to 1 099999 MO 25 32 2 10 1 1 A to 0 018 mA ne 40 60 30 150 1 250 nA to 5 uA 3 299999 MQ cee 3910 110 130 50 250 10 250 nA to 1 8 pA 10 99999 MQ da 11 to 32 99999 MQ 200 250 2500 2500 10 25 nA to 500 nA 33 t0 400 500 3000 3000 100 25 nA to 180 nA 109 9999 MQ 110 to 329 9999 MQ 2500 3000 100000 100000 1000 2 5 nA to 50 nA 330 to 12000 15000 500000 500000 10000 1 nA to 13 nA 1100 MQ 1 Continuously variable from O O to 1 1 GQ 2 Applies for 4 WIRE compensat
3. Unit Under Test RS 232 Remote Operation using the SERIAL 1 FROM HOST and SERIAL 2 TO UUT ports gjh002 eps Figure 1 2 RS 232 Remote Connection Remote Operation IEEE 488 The rear panel IEEE 488 port is a fully programmable parallel interface bus that operates to IEEE 488 1 and IEEE 488 2 supplement standards When controlled remotely by an instrument controller the Calibrator operates exclusively as a talker listener You can write your own programs with commands from the IEEE 488 command set or run the optional Windows based MET CAL software See Chapter 6 of the 5522A Operators Manual for a discussion of the commands available for IEEE 488 operation Service Information If you have a problem with the Calibrator in the 1 year warranty period send it to a Fluke Service Center for warranty repair For out of warranty repair get in touch with a Fluke Service Center for a cost estimate This service manual gives instructions for verification of performance calibration and maintenance If you choose to repair a malfunction information in this manual can help you find which module printed circuit assembly has a fault How to Contact Fluke Calibration To contact Fluke Calibration call one of the following telephone numbers e Technical Support USA 1 877 355 3225 e Calibration Repair USA 1 877 355 3225 e Canada 1 800 36 FLUKE 1 800 363 5853 5522A Service Manual 1 8
4. INPUT 2 1000V RMS MAX NORMAL AUX SCOPE VILERTO A M SENSE AUXV QUT A40A Shunt Ensure the UUT is connected to the shunt INPUT gjh131 eps Figure 3 8 AC Current Calibration with Fluke A40A Shunt Connection Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Fluke Corporation Worldwide Support Center MET CAL Procedure INSTRUMENT Sub Fluke 5520A ACI ADJ DATE 22 Sep 98 AUTHOR Gary Bennett Metrology Specialist REVISION 0 6 ADJUSTMENT THRESHOLD 70 NUMBER OF TESTS 1 NUMBER OF LINES 487 CONFIGURATION Fluke 5790A STEP FSC RANGE NOMINAL TOLERANCE MOD1 MOD2 3 4 CON 10 Sep 98 changed Cal Info commands to Out and checked for 10A needs cal_next to get past display check for 0 out when ACI is done 1 001 ASK R QN U Cc F W 1 002 HEAD AC CURRENT ADJUSTMENT Set M 10 to 3mA initially 1 003 MATH M 10 0 003 Reset UUT get it out of calibration mode 1 004 IEEE CLS RST OPC 1 1 005 IEEE ERR I GTL 1 006 MATH MEM1 FLD MEM2 1 1 007 JMPT 1 008 IEEE CAL SW I GTL 1 009 MEME 1 010 JMPZ 1 012 1 011 JMP 1 015 1 012 HEAD WARNING CALIBRATION SWITCH IS NOT ENABLED 1 013 DISP The UUT CALIBRATION switch is in NORMAL TULI DISP 1 013 DISP The switch MUST be in ENABLE to store the 1 013 DISP new calibration constants 1 013 DISP 1 013 DISP Select ENABLE then press Advance to 1 013 DISP continue with the calibr
5. o Clock External Clock 10 MHz Clock y A45 SC1100 Option Figure 7 2 SC1100 Block Diagram ze031f eps 5522A Service Manual Equipment Necessary for SC1100 Calibration and Verification Table 7 1 is a list of equipment necessary for calibration and verification of the SC1100 Oscilloscope Option Table 7 1 SC1100 Calibration and Verification Equipment Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Equipment Instrument Minimum Use Specifications Digital Multimeter HP 3458A Voltage 1 8 mV to 130 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Edge 4 5 mV to 2 75 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 used with edge amplitude Calibration and ac voltage verification SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC Edge Rise Time and Aberrations Verification High Frequency Digital Tektronix 11801 with 12 5 GHz Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix SD 22 26 Resolution 4 5 mV to 2 75 V sampling head or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or 10 dB 3 5 mm m f Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Adapter BNC f to 3 5 mm m SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC BNC BNC Cable For Trigger Out Connection Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration and Verifi
6. 1 There are two channels of voltage output The maximum frequency of the dual output is 30 kHz Note Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs 20 33 V The AUX output resistance is lt 1 Q The maximum load capacitance is 500 pF subject to the maximum burden current limits Introduction and Specifications Detailed Specifications 1 AC Current Sine Wave Absolute Uncertainty era amp ii tcal 5 C Compliance oise ie ax iia epee H of output wA adder WA o ofoutout Load pH floor TEST LCOMP Off owas ois ioo oroo __ 02 500ua_ 1 09999 A 1 to 5 kHz 0 5 1000 0 6 1000 1 500 pA 5 to 10 kHz 2 0 5000 2 5 5000 2 500 pA 10 to 45 Hz 0 15 100 0 18 100 0 2 5004A Fa 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 05 100 0 06 100 0 07 5004A 2 99999 A 1 to 5 kHz 0 5 1000 0 6 1000 1 500 pA 5 to 10 kHz 2 0 5000 2 5 5000 2 500 pA 45 to 100 Hz 0 05 2000 0 06 2000 02 3mA to IOSIA 100 Hzto 1kHz 0 08 2000 0 10 2000 01 3mA 1 to 5 kHz 2 5 2000 3 0 2000 08 3mA sa 45 to 100 Hz 0 1 5000 0 12 5000 02 3mA dos li 100Hzto1kHz 0 13 5000 0 15 5000 0 1 3mA 1 to 5 kHz 2 5 5000 30 5000 08 3mA Duty Cycle Currents lt 11 A may be provided continuously For currents gt 11 A see Figure 1 The current may be provided 60 T I minutes any 60 minute period where T is the temperature in C room temperature is about 23 C and is the output
7. BNC F to 3 5 mm m Adapter gjh138 eps Figure 7 8 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup 3 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu shown in the display 4 Push on the Calibrator 5 Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display 6 Set the Calibrator output to 250 mV 1 kHz 7 Set the DSO to e Main Time Base 40 ns e Horizontal scale 500 ps div e Measurement function Rise Time Set the Calibrator to output the voltage and frequency shown in Table 7 12 9 Push on the Calibrator 10 Change the vertical scale of the DSO to the value shown in Table 7 12 11 Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the edge signal is in the center of the DSO display 12 Record the rise time measurement in column A of Table 7 12 13 Correct the rise time measurement for the rise time of the SD 22 26 sampling head The SD 22 26 rise time is specified as lt 28 ps Column B V Column A SD 22 26 rise time 14 The measured edge rise time must be less than the time shown in Table 7 12 7 36 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification Rise time measures between these two points om033i eps Figure 7 9 Edge Rise Time Table 7 12 Edge Rise Time Verification Calibrator Output DSO Vertical A 11801 B Corrected ee Voltage Axis mV div Measurement Measurement Edged Aberration Verification This procedure uses
8. 100 V POOH eiis sisiane aana From AC Voltage Sine Wave 90 Day Specifications the single output specification for 100 V 100 Hz is 0 015 2 mV For the dual output in this example the specification is 0 015 4 mV as the 0 015 is the same and the floor is twice the value 2 x 2 mV AUX 50th Harmonic Output 100 MV9 KAZ oia ie a q ie From AC Voltage Sine Wave 90 Day Specifications the auxiliary output specification for 100 mV 5 kHz is 0 15 450 mV For the dual output in this example the specification is 0 15 900 mV as the 0 15 is the same and the floor is twice the value 2 x 450 mV AC Voltage Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth Range Frequenc 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Max Voltage 9 qu y tcal 5 C Resolution Normal Channel Single Output Mode 1 0 to 33 mV o Two digits e g 25 mV 34 to 330 mV 0 01 to 9 99 Hz ela Three digits 0 5 of range 0 4 to 33 V Two digits 500 1 kHz to 1 MHz 10 dB at 1 MHz typical a 0 3 to 3 3 V Two digits 1 001 to 2 MHz 31 dB at 2 MHz typical Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 10 to 330 mV ee SET dE 5 0 of output ree digits psy 0 5 of range Two digits 1 23 5522A Service Manual AC Voltage Non Sine Wave Triangle Wave amp Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Max Voltage Truncated Sine teal 5 C Resolution Range p p m of output of range Al Normal Channel Single Output Mode 2 9 to 92 999 mv S Do 93 to 929 9
9. Column A Column B Column B High Frequency Verification This procedure gives an example of a high frequency flatness test with a 5 5 V Calibrator output Use the same procedure for other amplitudes Compare the results with the flatness specification shown in Table 7 19 For this voltage range use the HP 8482A Power Sensor 1 Set the Calibrator to output of 5 5 V 30 MHz 2 Push opr 3 Let the power meter measurement become stable The power meter measurement should be approximately 75 mW 4 Record the power meter measurement in column A of Table 7 19 5 Set the Calibrator frequency to 10 MHz 6 Let the power meter measurement become stable and then record the measurement in column B of Table 7 19 7 Set the Calibrator to the next frequency shown in Table 7 19 7 46 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification 8 Let the power meter measurement become stable and then record the measurement in column A of Table 7 19 9 Set the Calibrator frequency to 10 MHz 10 Let the power meter measurement become stable and then record the measurement in column B of Table 7 19 11 Do steps 7 through 10 again for all the frequencies shown in Table 7 19 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B When you have filled in columns A and B for all rows of the table push stev Use the recorded values in columns A and B to calculate and record the value in column C for all rows 7 47 5522A Service
10. Time Marker Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a Time Marker Verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 7 2 Set the PM 6680 to the measure frequency function with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 Q impedance Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Marker menu shown in the display Push opr Set the Calibrator output to the parameters shown in Table 7 16 Connect one end of the Output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the PM 6680 channel shown in Table 7 16 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as shown in Table 7 16 10 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable and then record the frequency measurement in Table 7 16 A E O 11 Calculate the period of the frequency with Period 1 frequency and record it on the table 12 Compare the period value to the value in the tolerance column Table 7 20 Time Marker Verification A O O A eos om a res mom a 0 es oom A re os A of pre os a O a oom A i pes oom A dCi som a O ETT ome e 0 aes oom fe ase OJO gt gt
11. cccccesccesceesceeeeeeeeeseeessecssecneceeenseenes 1 19 AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 1 19 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications 0 ceececeeseeseeeeceseeneeereeeeenee 1 19 O IN 1 20 Additional Specifications acres nen ineen i E EEEE a i ie 1 21 FREQUENCY oei e A E A eee tates 1 21 Harmonics E A NR re 1 21 AC Voltage Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth 1 22 AC Voltage Non Sine Wave cccccccsccssscssecsseceseceseceeseeeeceeeeeeseeeseeeseeesaeesaees 1 23 AC Voltage Non Sine Wave cont ccccesccesseessceeseseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeesaeestees 1 24 AC Voltage DC Olson rice 1 25 AC Voltage Square Wave Characteristics ccccceccsssceesceeseeesseeteeesseeseeetees 1 25 i 5522A Service Manual AC Voltage Triangle Wave Characteristics typical 1 25 AC Current Non Sine Wave ccccccsccsscssscsssceeeeeeeeseeeeecseeesecsaeenseeneenaeenes 1 26 AC Current Non Sine Wave COnt ccccccsccesseeseeesseeseecseeessecssecnseenseenseenes 1 27 AC Current Square Wave Characteristics typical oooonooinnnnnncinnnconnconnnoss 1 27 AC Current Triangle Wave Characteristics typical 1 27 Theory of Operations a soda aaa eden 2 1 Introduction assita seem esa ek Gs geese eae DS Da A A a 2 3 Encoder Assembly AD ss sasopeas sabre do doi iia 2 3 Synthesized Impedance Assembly AS eerereereeeecerareraneraneea 2 4 DDS Assembly Ai alos 2 5 Curr
12. 1 Measurement made within 30 minutes of capacitance zero reference SC600 option must be selected for at least five minutes prior to any capacitance measurement including the zero process SC600 Calibration Option 6 Theory of Operation Overload Measurement Specifications Typical On Current E ias pa Maximum Time Limit DC or AC Source Voltage Indication Typical Off Current Indication 1 kHz Theory of Operation This section contains a brief overview of the SC600 operation modes This information will let you identify which of the main plug in PCAs of the Calibrator mainframe are defective Figure 6 2 shows a block diagram of the SC600 Option also referred to as the A50 PCA Functions that are not shown in the figure are sourced from the DDS Assembly A6 PCA See Chapter 2 for a diagram of all Calibrator mainframe PCA assemblies Voltage Mode All signals for the voltage function come from the A51 Voltage Video PCA a daughter card to the A50 PCA A dc reference voltage is supplied to the A51 PCA from the A6 DDS PCA All de and ac oscilloscope output voltages are derived from this signal and sourced on the A51 PCA The output of the A51 PCA goes to the A50 Signal PCA also attached to the A50 PCA and attenuator module and is then cabled to the output connectors on the front panel The reference de signal is used to supply and de and ac signals that are amplified or attenuated to supply the range of output signals
13. 7 Connect the UUT to the 8508A in a 2 wire ohms configuration as shown in Figure 3 11 8 On the 8508A set the function to OHMS In the Ohms Config menu turn on Lol and turn off Fast and 4wQ Set the applicable resistance range for each step in Table 3 15 9 Measure and type the values into the UUT for calibration steps 9 through 16 in Table 3 15 as instructed 10 Make sure that the UUT is in standby and disconnect the equipment Table 3 15 Resistance Calibration Steps sen a ouput re Os NORMAL ana AU OO DE o DE soma Do sm DE sm De Def soma ET mm 3 20 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Table 3 15 Resistance Calibration Steps cont ao e e Om NORIA OO 5522A CALIBRATOR AUX scope A NSENSE AUXV OUT O y la E gjh119 eps Figure 3 10 4 Wire Resistance Connection 5522A CALIBRATOR 8508A A INPUT SENSE 2WIRE py WIRED ACV NORMAL AUX SCOPE VA ERTD AMSENSEAUXV OUT gjh121 eps Figure 3 11 2 Wire Resistance Connection 3 21 5522A Service Manual Capacitance Calibration Table 3 16 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the capacitance function The equipment is also shown Table 3 1 Table 3 16 Test Equipment Necessary for Capacitance Calibration pt
14. Edge Mode The DDC A6 PCA is the source of the edge clock and goes to the A50 PCA The signal is then shaped and divided to supply the fast edge and external trigger signals The edge signal comes from the A50 PCA first to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel Leveled Sine Wave Mode All of the leveled sine wave signals from 50 kHz to 600 MHz are supplied from the A50 PCA The leveled sine wave signal comes from the A50 PCA to the on board attenuator assembly The attenuator assembly supplies range attenuation and also contains a power detector which keeps amplitude flatness across the frequency range The signal is then applied to the SCOPE connector on the front panel Time Marker Mode There are three primary ranges of time marker operation 5 s to 20 ms 10 ms to 2 us and 1 us to 2 ns The A6 DDS PCA is the source of the 5 s to 20 ms markers and are sent to the A50 PCA The signal path is also divided to supply the external trigger circuitry on the A50 PCA If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal that goes through the A50 PCA is connected to the attenuator assembly The signal is then applied to the SCOPE connector on the front panel The 10 ms to 2 us markers are derived from a square wave signal that comes from the A
15. For nominal values of 300 uA to 300 mA measure the AC current with the Hewlett Packard 3458A For nominal values of 2 A and 10 A use the A40 2 A and 20 A current shunts respectively You must do a de characterization on these shunts before they can be used DC characterization can be doner with the 5522A as long as the entire 5522A dc current calibration is done first See AC Current Calibration in this manual The 5790A or 3458A can be used as the detector A 20 A dc ac shunt such as the Fluke Y5020 or MeasureTech EL 7520 can also be used for 2 A and 10 A outputs DC characterization is not necessary for these two shunts Type in the measured value into the Calibrator for each of the nominal values shown in Table 8 6 Table 8 6 AUX AC Current DO TO ropa SUSA Ds amem DO enem 8 21 5522A Service Manual AUX AC Voltage To calibrate the auxiliary AC voltage function use the the normal AC voltage output procedure but use the AUX HI and LO terminals on the Calibrator The 5790A or 3458A can be used Table 8 7 is a list of the calibration steps for AUX AC volts Table 8 7 AUX AC Voltage 8 22
16. Record the HP 3458A measurement for each voltage in Table 6 6 DO SE Oy SS te Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 6 5 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ Dom o mas Cosm O MVT TIN EE RR ENT TIN E O VETA EC O ANECA E O VETA E O VETA EE RR DENT TA EE UNES TIN E IEA ENT TI 6 25 5522A Service Manual Table 6 5 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cont C eow IES DENT TA o omo sem TAN E INE DIV TI E IESO DENT TA E O NOE TI E IES ETT sem pm TAN sem ms Cosm O f e SS E RR E TI mom PSS sy mem ANT TI Dom IES TT DECIAS IO TT a IO com NETOS IO ETT y RR IET IE TN Cow o ETT Cow pomar Cowo IO SS Das oS SS E RR TEA EC RR ATTE TA E IES DET TAO Cow o J ooo S E IES ATT EE RR ATT Cow cosa oy O E O TI E E ANT TI 6 26 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Table 6 5 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cont Calibrator Output HP3458A Measurement V dc Tolerance V dc Table 6 6 DC Voltage Verification at 50 Q Calibrator Output pc bai ee Tolerance V dc max V dc min COo o RR O oo S Cow ew e C aew ew O e C oww O sw f ow C eow oew O os C ow INICIO O w C aow eow O ae C ww O f o ICC C ws O sw es E ev ir Cow IE A f SS EC IESO E A O E O A O EE O A ITV AC Voltage Amplitude Verification This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supp
17. 006 oor otro 006 006 pices C soro oo 0 08 PST into 26 oo 007 1 E BE E Pt 385 200 8 300 to 400 400 to 600 500 to 630 1 Resolution is 0 003 C 2 Applies for COMP OFF to the 5522A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals and 2 wire and 4 wire compensation 3 Based on MINCO Application Aid No 18 5522A Service Manual DC Power Specification Summary Current Range 0 33 to 0 33 to 3 to Voltage Range 329 99 mA 2 9999 A 20 5 A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output Y 90 days 33mVto 1020 V 0 021 0 019 21 0 064 33 mV to 1020 V 0 023 0 022 P 0 07 4 1 To determine dc power uncertainty with more precision see the individual DC Voltage Specifications DC Current Specifications and Calculating Power Uncertainty 2 Add 0 02 unless a settling time of 30 seconds is allowed for output currents gt 10 A or for currents on the highest two current ranges within 30 seconds of an output current gt 10 A AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 Current Range 3 3 to 9 to 33 to Voltage Range 8 999 mA 32 999 mA 89 99 mA 20 to 329 99 mA Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output m semm os o o Current Range I 0 33 to 0 9 to 2 2 to 4 5 to Voltage Range 0 8999 A 2 1999 A 4 4999 A 20 5A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output m EEE 90 days 330 mW to 1020V 010 ow on o Tor
18. 3 2999mA e 100Hz 1 052 IEEE CLS OPER OPC I GTL 1 053 IEEE D5000 GTL 1 054 ACMS G 1 055 5790 A SH N 2W Calculate difference between the average value of both polarities of DC Current and the applied AC Current 1 056 MATH M 21 0 0032999 0032999 1 MEM M 17 Figure 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program cont Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Determine measurement frequency to retrieve correct AC DC difference value 1 057 IEEE OUT I GTL 1 058 MATH M 2 FLD MEM2 5 Retrieve AC DC difference from data file named A40 10mA 1 059 DOS get_acdc A40 10mA 1 060 JMPT 1 064 1 061 OPBR An error occurred during get_acdc 1 061 OPBR Press YES to try again or NO to terminate 1 062 JMPT 1 059 1 063 JMP 1 231 Correct the calculated value of AC Current by adding the AC DC difference of the A40 series shunt used at the frequency under test 1 064 MATH MEM M 21 MEM M 21 Store corrected value into the UUT 1 065 IEEE CAL NEXT MEM OPC I GTL 1 066 IEEE ERR I GTL 1 067 MATH MEM1 FLD MEM2 1 1 068 JMPT 1 231 Ask UUT for next value to calibrate 1 069 IEEE CAL REF I GTL Figure 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program cont DC Volts Calibration AUX Output To calibrate the auxiliary dc voltage function use the same procedure used for the normal dc voltage output but connect to the AUX HI and LO terminals on the UUT Table 3 12 is a lis
19. 4 Push the SCOPE CAL softkey Note If you push the Scope Cal softkey sooner than 5 minutes after you pushed a warning message shows in the display 7 15 5522A Service Manual All equipment used to calibrate the SC1100 must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be kept and operated in their specified operation environment It is also important to make sure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up before you start calibration Refer to the operation manual for each piece of equipment for more information Before you start calibration look at all of the procedures to make sure you have the resources to do them The Calibrator starts calibration with the DC Voltage function If it is necessary to start with a different function push the OPTIONS softkey Then push the NEXT SECTION softkey until you see the function name in the display Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions The Voltage Edge and Wave Generator functions have square wave voltages that must be calibrated or verified The HP 3458A digital multimeter can be programmed from the front panel or through the remote interface to make these measurements Overview of HP 3458A Operation The Hewlett Packard 3458A digital multimeter is configured as a digitizer to measure the peak to peak value of the signal It is set to DCV with different analog to digital integration times and trigger commands to measure the toplin
20. Example CAL NEXT CAL NEXT 2 999987 CAL REF Description Sends nominal value possible for reference entry Response 1 The nominal value 2 The accepted or implied unit 3 Example 3 000000e 00 V CAL_SKIP Description Skip to the subsequent entry point in calibration procedure CAL_SECT Description Skip to the subsequent section of calibration procedure CAL_START Description Start a calibration procedure Parameter 1 Procedure name MAIN is the procedure for the 5520A minus a scope cal option ZERO is the internal procedure to correct zero offsets OHMSZERO is the internal procedure to touch up resistance offsets SCOPE is the procedure for the 5520A SC300 scope cal option SC600 is the procedure for the 5520A SC600 scope cal option SC1100 is the procedure for the 5522A SC1100 cal option DIAG is the diagnostic pseudo cal procedure NOT aborts a procedure after the step underway 2 Optional name of the step at which to start If this parameter is not supplied calibration starts at the start Example CAL START MAIN CAL START MAIN DVG3 3 3 27 5522A Service Manual 3 28 CAL_STATE Description Sends state of calibration Response RUN In a calibration step REF Stopped for a CAL_NEXT with reference measurement value INS Instruction available stopped for a CAL_NEXT NOT Not in a calibration procedure or at end of one CAL_STEP Description Sends name of step cur
21. Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do an Edge Frequency Verification 1 2 3 4 tn oS UN Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 7 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the edge menu shown in the display Push on the Calibrator Set the FUNCTION of the PM 6680 to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 impedance and filter off Connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator to channel A of the PM 6680 with the output cable Set the Calibrator to output 2 5 V at each frequency shown in Table 7 11 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable Record the PM 6680 measurement for each frequency shown in Table 7 11 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 7 11 Table 7 11 Edge Frequency Verification Calibrator Frequency output PM 6680 Measurement Tolerance O 2 5 V p p Frequency 7 34 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification Table 7 11 Edge Frequency Verification cont Calibrator Frequency output PM 6680 Measurement Tolerance 2 5 V p p Frequency Edge Duty Cycle Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do an Edge Duty Cycle Verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 7 2 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the edge menu shown in the display 3 Push on the Calibrator 4 Set
22. This procedure gives an example of a high frequency flatness test with a 5 5 V Calibrator output Use the same procedure for other amplitudes Compare the results with the flatness specification shown in Table 6 19 1 Set the Calibrator to output of 5 5 V 30 MHz 2 Push opr 3 Let the power meter measurement become stable The power meter measurement should be approximately 75 mW 4 Record the power meter measurement in column A of Table 6 19 Set the Calibrator frequency to 10 MHz 6 Let the power meter measurement become stable and then record the measurement in column B of Table 6 19 7 Set the Calibrator to the next frequency shown in Table 6 19 6 43 5522A Service Manual 6 44 8 Let the power meter measurement become stable and then record the measurement in column A of Table 6 19 9 Set the Calibrator frequency to 10 MHz 10 Let the power meter measurement become stable and then record the measurement in column B of Table 6 19 11 Do steps 7 through 10 again for all the frequencies shown in Table 6 19 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B When you have filled in columns A and B for all rows of the table push stev Use the recorded values in columns A and B to calculate and record the value in column C for all rows Table 6 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator Calibrator Frequency Flatness MHz Specification sso po op pw op J o poo po pw
23. e Europe 31 40 2675 200 e Japan 81 3 6714 3114 e Singapore 65 6799 5566 e China 86 400 810 3435 e Brazil 55 11 3759 7600 e Anywhere in the world 1 425 446 6110 To see product information and download the latest manual supplements visit Fluke Calibration s website at www flukecal com To register your product visit http flukecal com register product General Specifications The following tables list the 5522A specifications All specifications are valid after allowing a warm up period of 30 minutes or twice the time the 5522A has been turned off For example if the 5522A has been turned off for 5 minutes the warm up period is 10 minutes All specifications apply for the temperature and time period indicated For temperatures outside of tcal 5 C tcal is the ambient temperature when the 5522A was calibrated the temperature coefficient as stated in the General Specifications must be applied The specifications also assume the Calibrator is zeroed every seven days or whenever the ambient temperature changes more than 5 C The tightest ohms specifications are maintained with a zero cal every 12 hours within 1 C of use Also see additional specifications later in this chapter for information on extended specifications for ac voltage and current Warmup Time enrii Twice the time since last warmed up to a maximum of 30 minutes Settling Time 00 0 0 eceeeeceeeeeeeeteeeseneeee
24. e Vertical scale 10 mV div e Horizontal scale 1 ns div Set the DSO to show the 90 point of the edge signal Use this point as the reference level Set the DSO to show the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display How to Adjust the Edge Aberrations See Figure 6 18 while you do the adjustment procedure 1 10 11 12 Adjust A90R13 to set the edge signal at the right edge of oscilloscope display at 10 ns to the reference level set above Adjust A90R36 so the first overshoot is the same amplitude as the subsequent highest aberration Adjust A90R35 so that the second and third overshoot aberrations are the same amplitude as the first aberration Adjust A90R12 to set the edge signal to occur between 2 ns and 10 ns to the reference level set above Adjust A90R36 and A90R35 again to get equal amplitudes for the first second and third aberrations Adjust A90R13 to set the edge signal to occur between 0 ns and 2 ns to the reference point set above Put the aberrations in the center so the peaks are equal above and below the reference level Adjust A90R12 again if necessary to keep the edge signal to occur between 2 ns and 10 ns at the reference level Adjust A90R13 again if necessary to keep the edge signal to occur between 0 ns and 2 ns at the reference level Set the UUT output to 250 mV and the oscilloscope vertical to 2 mV div Examine the aberrations
25. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 7 57 5522A Service Manual Wave Generator Verification This procedure uses e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 5522A SC1100 5522A CALIBRATOR SC1100 DS Cable E NORMAL AUX V QERTD A M SENSE AUXV QU US E TIS 6 y a FE PN BNC F to 50 Double Banana Feedthrough Adapter Termination gjh140 eps Figure 7 14 Wave Generator Verification Connections Wave Generator Verification is done at two different impedances 1 MQ and 50 Q Wave Generator Verification Setup To setup the equipment for wave generator verification Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 14 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Wavegen menu shown in the display Push opr Set offset to O mV 5 Set the Calibrator frequency to 1 kHz Verification at 1 MQ 1 Set the Calibrator to 1 MQ Pe S Note The SCOPEZ softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Qand 1 MQ 2 Connect the one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 4 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 5 Set the Calibrator to output the wave type and voltage shown in Table 7 21 7 58 SC1100 Calibration O
26. 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1600 1601 1602 DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D 65535 DDE FR AC scale dac counts out of range DC scale dac counts out of range Frequency dac counts out of range IDAC counts DC OFFSET out of range ZDAC counts out of range Can t read External Clock register External Clock too Fast External Clock too Slow Can t load waveform for scope mode OPM transition error TC measurement fault Z measurement fault Unknown error d Chapter 5 List of Replaceable Parts Title Page Introduction RARA 5 3 How to Obtam Parts conca aiii 5 3 5 1 5522A Service Manual 5 2 List of Replaceable Parts 5 Introduction Introduction This chapter contains an illustrated list of replaceable parts for the Calibrator Parts are shown by assembly alphabetized by reference designator Each assembly is accompanied by an illustration that shows the location of each part and its reference designator The parts lists contain e Reference designator for example R52 e An indication if the part is subject to damage by static discharge near the part description e Description e Fluke part number e Total quantity e Special notes factory selected part for example ANCaution A symbol shows a device that may be damaged by static discharge How to Obtain Parts Elect
27. 1mV 3 2999 V 0 2 1mV 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 100 uV 10 to 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 1 to 100 0 1 100 uV O 329 99 mV 0 2 100 uV 1 to 2 kHz 0 1 to 50 0 1 1mV 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 1 2mV 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 2 3 mV 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 1 to 100 0 2 3 mV 3 3 to 5 V 0 2 2 mV 1 to 2 kHz 0 1 to 50 0 2 3 mV 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 3 3 mV 1 For harmonics that are lt 1 of the Fundamental phase uncertainty is typical AC Current Specifications LCOMP OFF Harmonic z E A Absolute RMS Amplitude Harmonic Amplitude Harmonic Phase Uncertainty of Uncertainty Uncertainty E et of Relative to Composite 2 Waveform Fundamental Fundamental A Fundamental RMS A 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 0 1 LA 29 to 45 to 900 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 0 1 pA ee eT 329 9 uA ia Range Composite Waveform Harmonic Frequency 900 Hz to 2 kHz 0 1 to 50 0 1 0 1 HA 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 1 0 13 VA pee 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 1uA 0 5 45 to 900 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 1 uA 299 m 900 Hz to 2 kHz 0 1 to 50 0 1 1 pA 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 1 1 3 HA 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 10 LA 45 to 900 Hz 0 1 to 50 0 1 10 pA 3 3 to 32 99 mA 0 2 10 uA 900 Hz to 2 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 1 10 LA 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 100 0 1 13 pA 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 100 uA 45 to 900 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 100 uA 33 to 329 9 mA 0 2 100 LA 900 Hz to 2 k
28. 9 29999 ma l 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 a 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six dlaite 92 9999 mA g 1 to 10 kHz 10 2 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 929 o 1 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 5 Six digits 1 to 10 kHz 10 to 45 Hz 0 5 1 0 Es Reta 12 45 Hz to 1 kHz 05 05 E 45 to 500 Hz 0 5 0 5 8 5 to 57 A 500 Hz to 1 kHz 1 0 1 0 Frequency limited to 1 kHz with LCOMP on Frequency limited to 440 Hz with LCOMP on 1 27 5522A Service Manual AC Current Non Sine Wave cont Square Wave Frequenc 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Max Current Range p p 2 y of output of range Resolution 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 a U1 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits JOE 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 6 Pda A 11 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits ONE 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 6 6 to o Apa 65 9999 ma I 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits ES 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 659 oun n 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 5 oe 10 to 45 Hz 0 5 1 0 Six digits 5 pea 2 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 5 0 5 EE 21 45 to 500 Hz 0 5 0 5 6to41 A 500 Hz to 1 kHz 1 0 1 0 1 Frequency limited to 1 kHz with LCOMP on 2 Frequency limited to 440 Hz with LCOMP on AC Current Square Wave Characteristics typical Range LCOMP Risetime Settling Time Overshoot lt 6 A 400 Hz off 25 us 40 us to 1 of final value lt 10 for lt 1 V Compliance 3 A amp 20 A Ranges on 100 us 200 us to 1 of final value lt 10 for
29. CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz Calibrator Flatness Specification 1 50 2 00 2 00 2 00 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont Amplitude Calibrator Calibrator i Frequency A Cc Flatness MHz Specification ome _ some _ _ wwe 2 Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz 7 55 5522A Service Manual Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont Amplitude Calibrator Calibrator i Frequency A Cc Flatness MHz Specification ome _ some _ _ wwe 2 Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz 7 56 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification
30. Calibration Remote Commands ccccecccssssesceeseeeseesseeeseeeeceseenseeeeeeseeeeeneeenes 3 24 How to Make a Calibration Report cccccccecsseeseeeteceteceeceseceeeseeeeeeeeseeesneesaes 3 30 Performance Verification Tests cccccssccsseeseesseessecssecnseceseceseeneeseeeseeeeeneeaes 3 31 How to Zero the Calibrator crer eeeeeeeecercerecerenerenarearanos 3 31 DC Volts Verification NORMAL Output eee 3 31 DC Volts Verification AUX Output 0ooooooccoocnooccoononononnoconoconoconoconocannnnanonnos 3 32 DC Current Ver COM stas idad atada 3 33 Resistance Verification keniota iier i 3 34 AC Voltage Verification NORMAL OutpUt ecoooonnooninonionnnoncnoncconoconoconoconocnos 3 35 AC Voltage Verification AUX Output occoonoccnonnnocnnonnnonnnnononannooncno naco nocononnns 3 37 AC Current Verification iaa ai 3 38 Capacitance Verification iia AA AAA ds 3 41 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification coconconcnnnicnnncocononcnncnnncnncnncnnn 3 43 Capacitance Measurement cccecccesscessceeseesseeeeeeseecsaecaecnseceseeeeeeeeeeseneeaes 3 43 Measurement Uncertainty c oooocoocnoocnnoncoonnnononnnonn nono nono nono nono noc nnran rra r narran ran 3 47 Thermocouple Simulation Verification Sourcing oooocnoocconnnonnnonnnannnnnnnnnnos 3 47 Thermocouple Measurement Verification eee 3 48 Phase Accuracy Verification Volts and AUX VoltS o oooooconcniccninnnoccnncnonnnos 3 48 Phase Accuracy Verificati
31. Capacitance The A50 SC600 Scope Option PCA contains the capacitance measurement circuits that uses signals from the leveled sine wave source If there are faults related only to capacitance measurement then the A50 PCA is most likely defective Overload Mode The A51 Voltage Video PCA of the A50 SC600 Option PCA supplies the voltage for the overload mode The voltage is applied to the external 50 Q load and the circuit current is monitored by the A6 DDS PCA 6 8 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Theory of Operation LF PWB 1 1 1 Time Mark II LF Mux 1 O gt Analog Shaped 0 1 0 A6 2ms 10ms O DDS 1 i Time Mark III Oscilloscope Calibrator Pulse Shaped Laos a0 m 1 me Trigger BNC Trigger i 1 10 100 1000 1 1 I i 1 Lal rsss Ds E asa ey ee A PA a JE ES GA a a e 1 Ges dt E 1 18 RAI AAA a o A AA HF PWB Leveled Sine Wave 1 SCOPE i and Time Mark IV Step Attenuator Module Output BNC Unleveled HF Mux i Leveled Og OS i o OO pp detect i PLLs HF M Pwr Amp ux Leveling Loop _ External ES gt O Clock In Level 10 MHz Clock Edge A4 SC600 Option om031f eps Figure 6 2 SC600 Block Diagram 5522A Service Manual Equipment Necessary for SC600 Calibration and Verification Table 6 1 is a list of equipment necessary for calibration and verification of the SC60
32. Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude i Specification Fundamental Voltage V deg 329 99 V 140 0000 290 00 mV Normal Voltage Output O SS EN E MED Frequency sone roo o roms v22semv or E 50 985 122 58 mV 0 75 mom 1009 Range 1020 V Wave 30 00 RE EM BE EA E EX RE EN E Ea ESC ES E EN 2 Ea ts EM ms wT asa ssov 2 froo o meo osz om Ea ES EM EA EN SEI RE EH EM EE EE ESOS EM E EA ta EE Es EM 8 13 5522A Service Manual Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude Specification Specification ea me me e ro EI me E come pes sou y fon foam oor soma fey o foson o seo orar os Frequency oons o oon o arso oone ios o pism or e mon o romo ower o3 omon o nome vomer o3 rms o osr oouer o3 enn o oras oover os soon o oss cower os saon o osea cower os o fosso cower os o foars ooer os o own ooer os o enone ower os o fosso cower os o fors cows os soe ease fosso oeste om puros is rose ome om Range 329 99 V 230 V e fr MEME ps p MEME MEME MEME 21 ls ls as ls MEME a a a ms Wave E E e fo rm MEME a o to o no tz wo ta wo 4 wo 8 14 PQ Calibration Option Perf
33. This section contains a brief overview of the changes made to the DDS PCA and the Main CPU 8 7 5522A Service Manual DDS PCA A6 The PQ option uses the 5520A PQ 7606 A6 PCA P N 1577331 as the DDS PCA It uses 12 bit DACs Digital to Analog converter for the voltage and current channels A dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesis integrated circuit is used to supply the Composite Harmonics and Delta Amplitude functions Feedback through a precision ac converter gives the output accuracy of the Composite Harmonics In the Composite Harmonics mode the phase monitors usually used for sinusoidal outputs at the same time are turned off The Delta Amplitude mode amplitude accuracy is contingent on the performance of the voltage and current digital to analog converters DACs As a result a special calibration adjustment is necessary for the PQ option as contained in the Maintenance section This DDS PCA can also be used in a standard 5520A with outguard firmware version 3 0 or later Main CPU PCA A9 The Main CPU PCA must have more RAM installed U32 and U33 for the PQ option to operate Maintenance There are no maintenance procedures or diagnostic remote commands for the PQ option that are available to users If the PQ Option is installed the two PQ sofkeys will show when you push Wes If the option is not installed only the pressure softkey will be shown Equipment Necessary for PQ Option Calibration and Verification
34. across the HI and LO input and sense terminals 2 Push DCV then INPUT and then ZERO FUNC Allow the zero function to finish Make sure that the UUT Unit Under Test is in Standby 4 Start the Calibrator calibration as instructed in the Start Calibration section 3 5 5522A Service Manual Do an internal DC Zeros Calibration as instructed Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 1 Measure and type in the values into the UUT for steps 1 through 6 in Table 3 3 as instructed You will disconnect and reconnect the reference multimeter as instructed in these steps 8 Make sure that the UUT is in Standby 9 Connect the reference multimeter and Reference Divider to the UUT as shown in Figure 3 1 10 For voltages 30 V dc and above see the subsequent section Table 3 3 Calibration Steps for DC Volts EST OOOO CIN mom E mm E mem CS Set the 8508A to external guard gjh115 eps Figure 3 1 DC Volts Calibration Connections up to 30 V DC Volts Calibration 30 V dc and Above To calibrate the de voltage function 30 Vdc and above 3 6 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 1 Before you use the 752A do the self calibration on the 752A with the null detector and a 20 V source See the 752A documentation 2 Connect the Calibrator unit under test 752A and 8508A as in Figure 3 2 Make sure that the ground t
35. 1 104V ito 45 to 900 Hz 0 1t0100 0 1 104V 32 999 mV ni id AN Composite Waveform Ranges 1 All frequencies can have harmonics that are up to 100 of the fundamental but uncertainties are not specified unless otherwise indicated For harmonics that are lt 1 of the Fundamental phase uncertainty is typical When harmonics of this frequency band are combined with harmonics 45 to 660 Hz all 45 to 660 Hz harmonics have an uncertainty of 0 35 25 mV When harmonics of this frequency band are combined with harmonics 45 Hz to 1 2 kHz all 45 Hz to 1 2 kHz harmonics have an uncertainty of 0 4 25 mV When harmonics of this frequency band are combined with harmonics 45 to 660 Hz all 45 to 660 Hz harmonics have an uncertainty of 0 4 100 mV When harmonics of this frequency band are combined with harmonics 45 Hz to 1 2 kHz all 45 Hz to 1 2 kHz harmonics have an uncertainty of 0 5 100 mV 8 4 PQ Calibration Option 8 PQ Options Specifications AC Voltage Auxiliary Specifications Dual Output Mode Only Harmonic Harmonic Phase Absolute RMS Harmonic Amplitude harmonic Amplitude Uncertainty Uncertainty of Frequency Range of of aes V Relative to Composite Waveform Fundamental Fundamental RMS V Range Composite Waveform 1 to 2 kHz 0 1 to 50 0 1 100 uV 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 1 500 uV 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 1mV 33to 45Hzto1kHz 0 1 to 100 0 1
36. 100 of the fundamental uncertainties are not specified unless otherwise indicated 2 For harmonics that are lt 1 of the Fundamental phase uncertainty is typical Harmonic Harmonic Amplitude Harmonic Phase Harmonic Amplitude Uncertainty Uncertainty Frequency Range of of Relative to Fundamental Fundamental A Fundamental Y Range Composite Waveform 8 6 PQ Calibration Option Theory of Operation 8 Flicker Simulation Mode Frequency of Fundamental Amplitude Modulation Range Frequency of Modulation Short Term 10 minute uncertainty of amplitude modulation Flicker Modulation Timing Uncertainty 1 Values shown are nominal values per IEC 61000 4 15 The 5522A PQ has a limited resolution of 0 02 in the Flicker Simulation Mode Sags amp Swells Simulation Mode Phase Specifications Sinewave Outputs The 5522A PQ option has improved phase uncertainty in the normal non PQ dual outputs as shown below See the 5522A specifications for all other output combinations Output Combinations 45 Hz to 65 Hz 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty AC Voltage AC Voltage Auxiliary AC Current LCOMP OFF 0 65 to 3 29999 V 6 5 to 32 999 mA 0 07 6 5 to 32 9999 V 0 65 to 3 29999 V 65 to 329 99 mA 65 to 329 9999 V 0 65 to 10 9999 A Theory of Operation The PQ option is different from a standard 5522A as it uses an updated DDS PCA A6 Main CPU PCA A9 and outguard firmware version 3 0 or later
37. 11 Some of the important remote commands used in this procedure are e CAL START MAIN AI Start the ac current calibration procedure e CAL SKIP Skip to the appropriate calibration step e CAL ABORT Used to exit calibration between steps e CAL NEXT Perform the next calibration step e CAL STORE Store the new calibration constants Because of the complexity of this procedure it is recommended that the procedure be automated See Figure 3 9 for a MET CAL code fragment that demonstrates an automated calibration procedure Table 3 10 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the ac current function The equipment is also shown in the Table 3 1 Refer to Figure 3 8 for the equipment connections Table 3 10 Test Equipment Necessary for AC Current Calibration aw rmac Wout men Table 3 11 AC Current Calibration Steps 5522A Output AUX HI LO ee TR CET 0 30000 mA 100 00 Hz Fluke A40 10 mA 0 30000 mA 10 00 kHz Fluke A40 10 mA 3 00000 mA 30 000 kHz Fluke A40 10 mA Calibration and Verification Calibration 3 Table 3 11 AC Current Calibration Steps cont 5522A Output AUX HI LO ec O ANOETA NR CET Se owm ACTION ruen O o i owm ooe remon ete AUX 20A LO 10 0000 A 100 00 Hz Fluke A40A 20 A OC a rro oone uenon C a ooon ooon remo 5522A Service Manual 5790A FLUKE 5794 aa 5522A CALIBRATOR Set the 5790A to external guard
38. 11 MHz 2 5 ppm of setting Typical Jitter edge to trigger lt 5 ps p p n a within 2 ns from 50 of rising edge lt 3 of output 2 mV E a Leading Edge Aberrations 2 5 to 15 ns lt 1 of output 2 mV 2 of output 2 mV after 15 ns 0 5 of output 2 mV Typical Duty Cycle 45 to 55 n a Tunnel Diode Pulse Drive Square wave at 100 Hz to 100 kHz with variable amplitude of 60 V to 100 V p p 1 Above 2 MHz the rise time specification is lt 350 ps 2 All edge aberration measurements are made with a Tektronix 11801 mainframe with an SD26 input module 7 5 5522A Service Manual Leveled Sine Wave Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Range Ei ice 50 kHz reference 50 kHz to 100 MHz 100 to 300 MHz 300 to 600 MHz 600 to 1100 MHz Amplitude Characteristics for measuring oscilloscope bandwidth Range p p 5 mV to 5 5 V 5 mV to 3 5 V Resi lt 100 mV 3 digits esolution 2100 mV 4 digits Adjustment continuously adjustable Range 1 Year Absolute 6 of Uncertainty 2 of output 3 5 of output 4 of output ae 7 of output 300 uV alee 00 uV 300 uV 300 uV 300 uV 1 5 of output 2 of output 4 5 of output 100 uV 100 uV 100 uV Flatness relative to 50 kHz not applicable Short Term Amplitude Stability Frequency Characteristics Resolution 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty 2 5 ppm 2 tcal 5 C Disto
39. 29 AC Voltage Frequency Verification eee eee eeeererereereraren s 6 30 Edge Amplitude Verification ereeeeeeeeercerererererenareraran s 6 31 Edge Frequency Verification ccscccscsesscssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceececseeeeeeseeeeeeeennes 6 32 Edge Duty Cycle Verification siie eh iiie 6 33 Edge Rise Time Verification cccccesccesscsesceeeeseeeseeesecesecnseeeeeeeeeseeeenneenaes 6 33 Edged Aberration Verification oooconocononnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonn non nonn conocio roca nr rara 6 35 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude VerificatiOM ooonoccnnnnncnnnnommmmmso 6 36 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification eres 6 36 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification eee 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification eee 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification ccccccssesseceteceneceeeceeeeeeeeeseeennes 6 40 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness oooooonnccincniooonocnonononnnconnoo 6 41 Equipment Setup for High Frequency FlatnesS oooooonocnincnincnnocnconncnnncnnnoo 6 41 Low Frequency Verification ccccccscecssessecessceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeaees 6 42 High Frequency Verification ccccccecssecssecsseceteceseceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeseessees 6 43 Tame Marker Vercelli 6 44 Wave Generator Verification ccccccesccesscesceeseeeseessecsseceseceseeseeseeeseeeenseennes 6 45 Wave Generator Verification Setup ccccccccssecsteceseceteceseeeseeeseeeeeeneee
40. 300 350 400 350 30 100 1 5 mA 0 33 to 3 299999 V 300 350 400 350 30 100 10 5 mA 3 3 to 7 V 300 350 400 350 30 100 100 5 mA TC Simulate and Measure in Linear 10 uV C and 1 mV C modes pI 0 to 329 9999 mV 40 3 50 3 5 2 0 1 100 1 Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs gt 0 33 V The AUX output has an output resistance of lt 1 Q TC simulation has an output impedance of 10 Q 1 Q 2 Two channels of dc voltage output are provided 3 TC simulating and measuring are not specified for operation in electromagnetic fields above 0 4 v m Noise nange Bandwidth 0 1 Bee A Bandwidth 10 Hz to 10 kHz rms ppm of output floor 0 to 329 9999 mV 0 1uV 6 uV 0 to 3 299999 V 0 10uV 60 uV 0 to 32 99999 V 0 100 uV 600 uV 30 to 329 9999 V 10 1mV 20 mV 100 to 1020 000 V 10 5 mV 20 mV 1 9 5522A Service Manual Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 1 y E 0 to 329 9999 mV 0 5uV 20 uV 0 33 to 3 299999 V 0 20 nV 200 uV 3 3 to 7 V 0 100 uV 1000 uV 1 Two channels of dc voltage output are provided DC Current Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Range ppm of ak A Resolution ga eli dependa 90 days 1 year O to 329 999 uA 120 0 02 150 0 02 1 nA 10 0 to 3 29999 mA 80 0 05 100 0 05 0 01 uA 10 0 to 32 9999 mA 80 0 25 100 0 25 0 1 uA 7 O to 329 999 mA 80 2 5 10
41. 40 000 ft maximum Designed to comply with IEC 1010 1 1992 1 ANSI ISA S82 01 1994 CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 92 20 V Complies with EN 61326 1 1997 Class A Volt Specifications Volt Functi DC Signal Square Wave Signal olt Function 50 Q Load 1 MQ Load 50 Q Load 1 MQ Load Amplitude Characteristics Range Resolution 1 to 24 999 mV 1uV 25 to 109 99 mV 10 uV 110 mV to 2 1999 V 100 uV 2 2 to 10 999 V 1 mV 11 to 130 V 10 mV Adjustment Range Continuously adjustable Resolution 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 0 25 of 0 05 of 0 25 of 0 1 of output 5 C output 40 uV output 40 uV output 40 uv 40 uv Square Wave Frequency Characteristics Range 10 Hz to 10 kHz a Absolute Uncertainty tcal 2 5 ppm of setting Typical Aberration within 4 us from 50 of lt 0 5 of output 100 uV leading trailing edge 1 Selectable positive or negative zero referenced square wave 2 For square wave frequencies above 1 kHz 0 25 of output 40 uV SC1100 Calibration Option SC1100 Specifications T Edge Specifications Edge Characteristics into 50 Q Load o Jncertalniy tcal 5 C Amplitude Range p p 5 0 mV to 2 5 V 2 of output 200 uV 10 around each sequence value Adjustment Range indicated below n a 5 mV 10 mV 25 mV 50 mV 60 mV 80 Sequence Values mV 100 mV 200 mV 250 mV 300 mV n a 500 mV 600 mV 1 V 2 5 V Frequency Range 900 Hz to
42. 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz Calibrator Flatness Specification 1 50 2 00 2 00 2 00 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont Amplitude Calibrator e lima fe e Calibrator v Frequency A c Flatness MHz Specification om msome YY E zom E som asom som comme some some eomz toco miz om omz some ET ET oo mz Er comme Era come EL come toco miz Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz 7 53 5522A Service Manual 7 54 Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont Edel MHz Powe _ ome O IN Powe _ E Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W
43. 5 mm m Adapter gjh109 eps Figure 6 8 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup 3 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu shown in the display 4 Push on the Calibrator 5 Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display 6 Set the Calibrator output to 250 mV 1 kHz 7 Set the DSO to e Main Time Base 40 ns e Horizontal scale 500 ps div e Measurement function Rise Time Set the Calibrator to output the voltage and frequency shown in Table 6 12 9 Push on the Calibrator 10 Change the vertical scale of the DSO to the value shown in Table 6 12 11 Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the edge signal is in the center of the DSO display 12 Reacord the rise time measurement in column A of Table 6 12 13 Correct the rise time measurement for the rise time of the SD 22 26 sampling head The SD 22 26 rise time is specified as lt 28 ps Column B V Column A SD 22 26 rise time 14 The measured edge rise time must be less than the time shown in Table 6 12 6 34 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Rise time measures between these two points om033i eps Figure 6 9 Edge Rise Time Table 6 12 Edge Rise Time Verification Calibrator Output DSO Vertical A 11801 B Corrected a ere Voltage Axis mV div Measurement Measurement lt 300 ps lt 350 ps lt 300 ps Edged Aberration Verification
44. 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 1 1 GHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Leveled Sine Wave flatness is measured relative to 50 kHz This is a direct measurement in the low frequency band You must do a transfer measurement at 10 MHz in the high frequency band to calculate a flatness relative to 50 kHz Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness All low frequency flatness procedures use e 5790A 03 AC Measurement Standard with Wideband option e BNC f to Type N m adapter Output cable supplied with the SC1100 Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the HP 5790A WIDEBANC input See Figure 7 11 Set the HP 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Se oe ih oS 7 43 5522A Service Manual 7 44 gjh103 eps Figure 7 11 Calibrator to 5790A Measurement Standard Connections Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness All high frequency flatness procedures use Hewlett Packard 437B Power Meter Hewlett Packard 8482A and 8481D Power Sensors BNC f to Type N f adapter Output cable supplied with the SC1100 Note When high frequencies at voltages les
45. 6 3 Maintenances hide eea a E darte text 6 3 SCO00 Specifications ud dis da 6 3 Voltage Function Specifications ccccccccsseesseesseceseceseceeceecseeeseseeeeeeeeeeees 6 4 SS jeddviduseeebis a e a A 6 4 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications cccccccccssceseceteceseceseceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneenaes 6 5 Time Marker Specifications c cccccecscesssessseeseeeceseceseceseeneeseeeseeeeeeeeeneennes 6 5 Wave Generator Specifications ccccccccceseesseessecsseeseecsecseeeeeeseeeseeeeeneenses 6 5 Pulse Generator Specifications ooooonnoninonnncnnocnnonnonn osseete cono coronan rra r narran 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse FuncCtON ooococonininnnnccnocnccnncncacnncnnnnon 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications c ccccccccseesseesseesseeeceeceseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeenaes 6 6 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications 6 6 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications 6 6 Overload Measurement Specifications eee eeeererererererereros 6 7 Theory Of Operation derante i e a i ii 6 7 Voltage Mode ala iaa 6 7 Edge Modena iii 6 7 Leveled Sine Wave Mode 0 cceceescsssesseeseesececeeeeeeceaesaeeeeeaecaeeeneeaecnaeenteeeed 6 7 T
46. 8 160 8 0 06 90 uV 329 999 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 300 8 350 8 Tuy ee 0 15 90 uV 50 kHz to 100 kHz 600 32 800 32 0 20 90 uV 100 kHz to 500 kHz 1600 70 2000 70 0 20 90 pv J 10 Hz to 45 Hz 250 50 300 50 0 15 200 uV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 140 60 150 60 0 035 200 uV 0 33 V to 10 kHz to 20 kHz 160 60 190 60 0 06 200 uV 3 29999 V 20 kHz to 50 kHz 250 50 300 50 ve pa 10 MA 15 200 uv 50 kHz to 100 kHz 550 125 700 125 0 20 200 uV 100 kHz to 500 kHz 2000 600 2400 600 0 20 200 pv 10 Hz to 45 Hz 250 650 300 650 0 15 2 mV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 125 600 150 600 0 035 2 mV ee y 10 kHz to 20 kHz 220 600 240 600 100 uV 10 mA 0 08 2 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 300 600 350 600 0 2 2 mV 50 kHz to 100 kHz 750 1600 900 1600 0 5 2 mV 45 Hz to 1 kHz 150 2000 190 2000 5 mA 0 15 10 mV sacs 1 kHz to 10 kHz 160 6000 200 6000 except 0 05 10 mV 320 09V 10 kHz to 20 kHz 220 6000 250 6000 1 mV pais for 0 6 10 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 240 6000 300 6000 zto 08 10mV 50 kHz to 100 kHz 1600 50000 2000 50000 podia 1 0 10 mV 45 Hz to 1 kHz 250 10000 300 10000 2 mA 0 15 30 mV 330 V to 1 kHz to 5 kHz 200 10000 250 10000 10mv Except 6 mA 0 07 30 mv 1020y 5 kHz to 10 kHz 250 10000 300 10000 tee ibe to 1007 30 mv 1 Max Distortion for 100 kHz to 200 kHz For 200 kHz to 500 kHz the maximum distortion is 0 9 of output floor as shown Note Remote sensing is not p
47. A O 65 to 1 to 5 to 500 Hz 5 kHz 10 kHz 0 10 Note See Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications for applicable outputs Phase 0 Phase 0 Power Uncertainty Adder due to Phase Error z z z o f o 1000 00 00 000 01 ose 152 37 so ose om 025 ost 201 541 11 54 67 307 oso os 076 152 765 1648 91 60 e o o0 gt gt To calculate exact ac Watts power adders due to phase uncertainty for values not shown use the following formula didein CE a os For example At 60 Hz for a PF of 9205 O 23 and a phase uncertainty of AD 0 10 the ac Watts power adder is Cos 23 10 Cos 23 Overall uncertainty for power output in Watts or VARs is based on the root sum square rss of the individual uncertainties in percent for the selected voltage current and power factor parameters Watts uncertainty Upower y U voltage U current U PFadder VARs uncertainty Uvars yU2vottage U current U VaRsadder Adder 100 1 0 074 Calculating Power Uncertainty Because there are an infinite number of combinations you should calculate the actual ac power uncertainty for your selected parameters The method of calculation is best shown in the following examples using 1 year specifications Example 1 Output 100 V 1 A 60 Hz Power Factor 1 0 0 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 60 Hz
48. Cable 5522A SC600 Z X 50 Q Feedthrough EIC out oe PEA Termination 0 0 BNC F to Double Banana Adapter HP 3458A Rear e gjh105 eps Figure 6 3 Equipment Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Setup The setup to measure the topline and baseline of Edge and Wave Generator signals is a little different from the Voltage Square Wave method given above The HP 3458A is triggered by a change in input level rather than an external trigger The trigger level is set to 1 of the DCV range with ac coupling of the trigger signal The delay after the trigger event is also changed for the Edge and Wave Generator functions See Table 6 3 and Figure 6 4 Table 6 3 Edge and Wave Generator HP 3458A Settings Voltage Input HP3458A Settings Frequency NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline ro Khe 00002 00007 6 15 5522A Service Manual HP 3458A SC600 Cable 5522A SC600 A 50 Q Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter gjh106 eps Figure 6 4 Equipment Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual range with level triggering enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the front panel of the HP 3458A is to put these parameters into some of the us
49. DDE R CME FR DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS DDE FRS SP A ae E A a TR EA EEE Saving to NV memory failed NV memory invalid NV invalid so default loaded NV obsolete so default loaded Serial parity error s Serial framing error s Serial overrun error s Serial characters dropped s Report timeout aborted Sequence failed during diag Sequence name too long Sequence RAM table full Sequence name table full Bad syntax Unknown command Bad parameter count Bad keyword Bad parameter type Bad parameter unit Bad parameter value 488 2 I O deadlock 488 2 interrupted query 488 2 unterminated command 488 2 query after indefinite response Invalid from GPIB interface Invalid from serial interface Service only Parameter too long Invalid device trigger Device trigger recursion Serial buffer full Bad number Service command failed Bad binary number Bad binary block Bad character Bad decimal number Exponent magnitude too large Bad hexadecimal block Bad hexadecimal number Bad octal number Too many characters Bad string OPER not allowed while error pending Can t change UUT settings now Compliance voltage exceeded Shunt amp over or underload Current Amp Thermal Limit Exceeded Output current lim exceeded Input V or A limit exceeded VDAC counts out of range IDAC counts out of range 5522A Service Manual 1507 1508
50. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES INCLUDING LOSS OF DATA ARISING FROM ANY CAUSE OR THEORY Since some countries or states do not allow limitation of the term of an implied warranty or exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages the limitations and exclusions of this warranty may not apply to every buyer If any provision of this Warranty is held invalid or unenforceable by a court or other decision maker of competent jurisdiction such holding will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B V P O Box 9090 P O Box 1186 Everett WA 98206 9090 5602 BD Eindhoven U S A The Netherlands 11 99 Contents continued OPERATOR SAFETY SUMMARY WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE is used in the operation of this equipment LETHAL VOLTAGE will be present on the inside of this Product and on the terminals Observe all safety precautions To avoid electrical shock hazard the operator should not electrically contact the output HI or sense HI terminals or circuits connected to these terminals During operation lethal voltages of up to 1020 V ac or dc may be present on these terminals Whenever the nature of the operation permits keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the haz
51. Functions Note For this application if you make measurements of a signal gt 1 kHz the HP 34564 can show 05 to 1 peaking in the 100 mV range For these signals lock the HP 34584A to the 1 V range HP 3458A Front SC1100 Cable 5522A SC1100 50 Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter HP 3458A Rear o S gjh134 eps Figure 7 3 Equipment Setup for SC1100 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Setup The setup to measure the topline and baseline of Edge and Wave Generator signals is a little different from the Voltage Square Wave method given above The HP 3458A is triggered by a change in input level rather than an external trigger The trigger level is set to 1 of the DCV range with ac coupling of the trigger signal The delay after the trigger event is also changed for the Edge and Wave Generator functions See Table 7 3 and Figure 7 4 Table 7 3 Edge and Wave Generator HP 3458A Settings Voltage Input HP 3458A Settings pequenos NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 10 kHz 0 001 0 00002 s 0 00007 s 5522A Service Manual HP 3458A SC1100 Cable 5522A SC1100 ZE 50 O Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter gjh135 eps Figure 7 4 Equipment Setup for SC1100 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurement For all measurem
52. HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Set the Calibrator output to the voltage in Table 7 6 Push on the Calibrator Let the HP 3458A measurement become stable Record the HP 3458A measurement for each voltage in Table 7 6 DO SE Oy SS te Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 7 5 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ COR RR ET TIN CESTO IES E Gaw AENA E ew f VIT ew o pos S E DR E E IES VEN Gaw IES VET ESTOS EEN VEN 7 27 5522A Service Manual Table 7 5 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cont ET DR LT eow RR Vr CO O AN ECTS IES CTA ray e ECTS IES E Proy y mem fome mom fome TAN om O fome sw o E S C IESO EN mem IESO fossa CEA o E SS mov O femea CO S om O fem om EE fem mm O femme om O TT oo fomy av O fome sv O O TAN CEP RR TN CO RR ETT TAN ER DR ET DR TIN ew EE TAN mv EEN fossa ECT DR TN CE DR TAN 7 28 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification T Table 7 5 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cont EE RR mov O yi SSS mov O fem sv O fes EE RR LT mv fo mov fo S Table 7 6 DC Voltage Verification at 50 Q HP 3458A Tolerance V de Calibrator Output Measurement V dc Tolerance V dc max fom Com Gew J re acm J RA aow Bow RO oew O ow eow J is O o aow J ao O w C E osn e tat wow moam esw ew o y ow O ow ew J i oan O ow EE O E A ew J E E EE RO INICIO TT ese sos ass E AC Voltage A
53. Leveled Sine Wave flatness is measured relative to 50 kHz This is a direct measurement in the low frequency band You must do a 6 40 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification transfer measurement at 10 MHz in the high frequency band to calculate a flatness relative to 50 kHz Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness All low frequency flatness procedures use e 5790A 03 AC Measurement Standard with Wideband option e BNC f to Type N m adapter Output cable supplied with the SC600 Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the HP 5790A WIDEBANC input See Figure 6 11 Set the HP 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on oe tS E El a a a a a a Po POWERI Bae Y E 000 Y Oo Ge gjh103 eps Figure 6 11 Calibrator to 5790A Measurement Standard Connections Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness All high frequency flatness procedures use e Hewlett Packard 437B Power Meter e Hewlett Packard 8482A and 8481D Power Sensors e BNC f to Type N f adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 Note When high frequencies at voltages less than 63 mV p p are verified use the 8481D Power Senso
54. Manual 7 48 Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification OPD MHz ome some __ ome O IN wom _ awm EL om om EL ELES EL some O CIC rom EL EL ELE EM ELES EL EM EL om om ome oome Fill in Columns A through G as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz Calibrator Flatness Specification 1 50 2 00 2 00 2 00 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont Amplitude Calibrator e lima fe e Calibrator v Frequency A c Flatness MHz Specification om msome YY E zom E Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz 7 49 5522A Service Manual 7 50 Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont ee al MHz ms om _ ome O IN wom _ a
55. Meter Hewlett Packard 437B Range 42 dBm to 5 6 dBm Frequency 10 MHz to 600 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8482A Range 20 dBm to 19 dBm Frequency 10 MHz to 600 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8481D Range 42 dBm to 20 dBm Frequency 10 MHz to 600 MHz 30 dB Reference Hewlett Packard Range 30 dB Attenuatior 11708A supplied with HP 8481D Adapter Hewlett Packard BNC f to Type N f PN 1250 1474 Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC Frequency 50 MHz Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Time Marker Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option 2 ns to 5 s 50 kHz to 600 MHz lt 0 15 ppm uncertainty PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC 6 12 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Calibration Setup Table 6 1 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Equipment Wave Generator Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A with 03 Range 1 8 mV p p to 55 V p p Standard option Frequency Output Cable supplied with SC600 Calibration Setup The procedures in this manual were made to let users calibrate the SC600 at their own site if it becomes necessary to do so It is strongly recommended that if possible you send your Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification The Calibrator Mainframe must be full
56. Q feedthrough termination To do Edge Amplitude Calibration 1 Setup the equipment as shown in Figure 6 4 2 Push the OPTIONS softkey 3 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until Set up to measure fast edge amplitude shows in the display 4 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL 6 Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0002 for the top part of the waveform or topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform or baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step Note For the edge function the topline is near 0 V and the baseline is a negative voltage 7 For each calibration step get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section for more information The true amplitude of the waveform is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements after a load resistance error correction To make this correction multiply the measurement by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 6 18 This procedure uses e
57. SC1100 Calibration Option T Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions standby When this occurs push on the Calibrator to output the signal Let the HP 3458A DC voltage measurement become stable Type in the measurement through the Calibrator keypad and then push enter Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be necessary 7 Do step 6 again until the Calibrator shows that the subsequent steps calibrate ac voltage Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants AC voltage must be calibrated continue with the subsequent section AC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the same equipment and setup as DC Voltage calibration Refer to Figure 7 4 DC voltages are measured and typed in to the Calibrator to calibrate the AC Voltage function To calibrate the Calibrator for ac voltage 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until The next steps calibrate SC1100 ACV shows in the display Push the GO ON softkey Let the HP3485A voltage measurement become stable Type in the measurement through the keypad of the Calibrator Push enter SM Ap Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is hig
58. Specifications Edge Function 00 ecceceesseseeeececeeceeeeeeseeaeees 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 7 8 TV Trigger Signal Specifications ccccccccesscesseescecsteesteceecnseceeeeeeeseeeenseennes 7 8 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications 7 9 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications 7 9 Overload Measurement Specifications ccccccceseceseceseceneeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeees 7 9 Theory Of Op ration ronca iia esoo ia Srs ecl andares 7 9 Voltage Modera a a da 7 9 Edge Mode dicto 7 9 Leveled Sine Wave Mode 0 eceeeessesesesceseeseeeceseeseeeecaecaeeeceesecaeeaeeeenaeeaeees 7 9 Time Mark r Mode csieessavectsezsasaddacst scales aaa RAe e Tae RAA Te Taa ERAN OR ESSE 7 9 Wave Generator Modes ino ad 7 10 Pulse Generator Modes eee cerereeeecereerer enero 7 10 Input Impedance Mode Resistance coooooocnconnoononononononanononnonn nono nonan nono nono ccoo 7 10 Input Impedance Mode Capacitance cccccecsecssecssecsteceteceseeeseeseeeseeeeeeeenaes 7 10 Overload Mode A A els da 7 10 Equipment Necessary for SC1100 Calibration and Verification 7 12 SC1100 Calibration Setup oooocccococonononcconoconononnconnonononan nono nono nooo nconncon nc co neconncinacns 7 15 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 7 16 Overview of HP 3458
59. Table 8 1 is a list of equipment necessary for calibration and verification of the PQ Option Table 8 1 SC1100 Calibration and Verification Equipment Digital Multimeter HP 3458A RMS measurements of 300 uA to 300 mA 60 Hz 0 1 uncertainty or better 2 Aand 20 A Shunt Fluke Y5020 or Measure Tech RMS measurements of 2 A and EL 7520 or Fluke A40 2A and 10 A 60 Hz 0 1 uncertainty or 20A better Harmonic Analyzer LEM Norma D6000 with option RMS measurement of 600 V 61E1 Harmonic Analyzer and 10 A Capability to measure plug ins 6111 61U1 amp 61U2 amp harmonic amplitude and phase up 30mA 10A triaxial shunt to the 63 11 AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A RMS measurement from 30 mV to 1000 V 60 Hz 0 05 uncertainty or better 1 Option 61E1 is used to make optional PST measurements 8 8 PQ Calibration Option 8 Performance Verification Tests Performance Verification Tests The verification tests in this section are used to verify the performance of the PQ option Always do a verification test after major instrument repair A verification test after routine calibration is not always necessary If an out of tolerance condition is found in the Composite Harmonics section the instrument mainframe can be re calibrated with the procedure in the 5520A Service Manual If an out of tolerance condition is found in the Delta Amplitude section the PQ option can be re calibrated with the procedures in this section of
60. This procedure uses e Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope with SC22 26 sampling head e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do edge aberration verification 1 Make sure that the SC600 is in the edge mode the edge menu is shown in the display and set it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Push opr Connect the Calibrator to the oscilloscope as shown in Figure 6 8 Set the oscilloscope vertical gain to 10 mV div and horizontal time base to 1 ns div we WON Set the oscilloscope to show the 90 point of the edge signal Use this point as the reference level 6 Set the oscilloscope to show the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display 6 35 5522A Service Manual Note With this setup each vertical line of the oscilloscope display shows a 1 aberration 7 Make sure the SC600 meets the specifications shown in Table 6 13 Table 6 13 Edge Aberrations Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the edge menu shown in the display 2 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter See Figure 6 4 3 Push the TDPULSE softkey on the Calibrator 4 Set the
61. V dc e Do not use the Product around explosive gas vapor or in damp or wet environments e Make sure the ground conductor in the mains power cord is connected to a protective earth ground Disruption of the protective earth could put voltage on the chassis that could cause death e Use only the mains power cord and connector approved for the voltage and plug configuration in your country and rated for the Product e Use only cables with correct voltage ratings e Do not do internal servicing or adjustment on this Product unless someone who can give first aid and do resuscitation is with you e Do not touch exposed connections and components while power is on e Do not wear a grounded wrist strap while you do work on this Product A grounded wrist strap increases the risk of current flow through the body e Do not wear metal accessories while you do work in this Product e Disconnect mains power before you remove protective panels or replace components Overload Protection The Calibrator supplies reverse power protection fast output disconnection and or fuse protection on the output terminals for all functions Reverse power protection prevents damage to the calibrator from occasional accidental normal mode and common mode overloads to a maximum of 300 V peak It is not intended as protection against frequent systematic and repeated abuse Such abuse will cause the Calibrator to fail For volts ohms capacit
62. Verification ccccccscccsccssscessceeeceeseeeseceseeeseecseecssecaeceseseeeenseenaes 7 62 Pulse Period Verification cccccsccesccesscessceseeecseeseeessecssecesecnseeeseeeeeeseeeenseennes 7 63 MeasZ Resistance Verification ccccccccssecsseeseeseecsecseceseceseceeeseeeseeeeeseeenes 7 63 MeasZ Capacitance Verification ccccecccseccesseesecseeseceeceecneeeeeeseeeenseenses 7 64 Overload Function Verification ccccccccccssecssecsteceteeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeaees 7 65 SC1100 Hardware Adjustment c cccsccescesecessceeeeeeeseeeeecseeensecnaeeeseceeenseenes 7 66 Necessary Equipments1 2scebsi dea ceeds 7 66 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Function ooooocnocnococonoconaconnnonnonanonanos 7 67 Equipment SUD AS tia Gots 7 67 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance ooonoooniccnionnicnnocnconnos 7 67 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics a 7 68 How to Adjust the Aberrations for the Edge Function ccceseseeeeeteenrees 7 69 Equipment Sepia ia Getta ial Sot ce divans cdots 7 69 How to Adjust the Edge Aberrations ccccccessceesceeseeeneeeeeeseeeteeeneeesens 7 70 7 2 SC1100 Calibration Option T Introduction Introduction This chapter contains information and procedures to do the servicing of the SC1100 Oscilloscope Calibration Option The calibration and verification procedures supply traceable results for all of the SC1100 functions
63. all Oscilloscope Calibration functions a minimum of one time each year or when the SC600 is calibrated The verification procedures in this section supply traceable results The factory uses different procedures and instruments of higher precision than those shown in this manual The procedures in this manual let you verify the SC600 at your site if necessary Fluke recommends you send the Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification All equipment used to do a verification on the SC600 must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be kept and operated in their specified operation environment It is also important to make sure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up before you start verification Refer to the operation manual for each piece of equipment for more information Before you start verification look at all of the procedures to make sure you have the resources to do them Table 6 4 is a list of the SC600 functions and verification methods Table 6 4 Verification Methods for SC600 Functions Dom ten med Edge frequency duty cycle rise time Procedure supplied in this manual Tunnel Diode Pulser amplitude Procedure supplied in this manual See the Voltage and Edge Calibration and Verification section for more information Leveled sine wave amplitude frequency harmonics and flatness MeasZ resistance capacitance DC Voltage Verification This procedure uses e Hewlett Pac
64. buffer NORMAL HI NORMAL LO yg117f eps Figure 2 2 Synthesized Resistance Function 2 4 Theory of Operation DDS PCA A6 Cy 1 K Cras NORMAL o LO SCOM yg118f eps Figure 2 3 Synthesized Capacitance Function DDS PCA A6 The DDS Direct Digital Synthesis PCA A6 has these functional blocks e References for all voltage and current functions e Gain elements for voltage functions and thermocouple measurement and sources e 7 V references e Thermocouple source and measurement amplifier e An A D Analog to Digital measurement system to monitor all functions e Self calibration circuitry e Zero calibration circuitry e Precision voltage channel DAC VDAC e Precision current channel DAC IDAC e Dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer These functional blocks when used with the Voltage A8 and or Current A7 assemblies supply e Single or dual channel ac and dc volts amps and watts e Offsettable and nonsinusoidal waveforms e Duty cycle e Thermocouple measurement and sourcing e Internal calibration and diagnostics e Digital control of all the analog assemblies 5522A Service Manual DACS are used to control the level of dc signals and to control the amplitude of ac signals The dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer supplies finely stepped digital sine triangular and other waveforms Current PCA A7 The Current PCA outputs six current range
65. calibration are recommended after instrument repair and are available only through the remote interface IEEE 488 or serial See the Calibration Remote Commands section to learn more about calibration through the remote interface Start Calibration From the front panel push the key followed by the CAL softkey twice and then the 5522A CAL softkey The CALIBRATION SWITCH on the rear panel can be in the ENABLE or NORMAL position when you begin calibration It must be set to ENABLE to store the correction factors into nonvolatile memory You start a calibration procedure when you push the 5522A CAL softkey From this point 1 The Calibrator automatically sets the outputs and prompts you to make external connections to applicable measurement instruments 2 The Calibrator then goes into Operate mode or instructs you to put it into Operate mode 3 You are then instructed to type in the value read on the measurement instrument Note At each measure and enter step to do a step again push the OPTIONS and BACK UP STEP softkey or skip a step with the SKIP STEP softkey DC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output Table 3 2 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the dc volts function The equipment is also shown in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Test Equipment Required for DC Volts Calibration CICR Woe e To calibrate the dc voltage function 1 On the Fluke 8508A put a 4 wire short Fluke PN 2540973
66. calibration interval If you recalibrate on a 90 day interval use the 90 day specifications which gives higher performance Use the verification procedure or a section of the procedure when it becomes necessary to make sure that the Calibrator does operate to its specifications Fluke recommends that you send the Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification The Fluke Service Center uses a software controlled verification procedure and supplies a test report that includes traceability to national standards If you plan to calibrate or do a verification of the Calibrator at your site use this chapter as a guide The procedures in this chapter are manual versions of the software controlled procedure used at the Fluke Service Center Equipment Necessary for Calibration and Verification Table 3 1 is a list of necessary equipment to calibrate and do a verification of the performance of the Calibrator If a specified instrument is not available you can use an equivalent instrument that has the same or better performance Table 3 1 Consolidated List of Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification aw tartas woar campmor purpose 7 rs 5500A LEADS Test lead set All functions Fluke 8508A Reference Multimeter DC voltage dc current resistance thermocouple measurement and sourcing Fluke 752A Reference Divider 100 1 10 1 Divider 100 1 10 1 DC voltage pre 155 Null Detector DC voltage calibrate Fluke 752A for
67. capacitance meters and ac RCL meters The maximum allowable peak voltage is 3 V The maximum allowable peak current is 150 mA with an rms limitation of 30 mA below 1 1 uF and 100 mA for 1 1 uF and above 3 The maximum lead resistance for no additional error in 2 wire COMP mode is 10 Q 5522A Service Manual Temperature Calibration Thermocouple Absolute Uncertainty Absolute Uncertainty Tc Rade Source Measure Source Measure i g tcal 5 C i tcal 5 C 11 on 2 11 Type c 00 BI c Pl 90 days Cc K 20010 100 100 to 800 200 to 900 20010 100 100 to 25 2510 120 120 to 410 210 to 1300 010 250 250 to 400 400 to 1000 1000 to 1767 015250 250 to 1000 1000 to 1400 1400 to 1767 250 10 150 150100 010 120 120 to 400 20100 ooo PA Temperature standard ITS 90 or IPTS 68 is selectable TC simulating and measuring are not specified for operation in electromagnetic fields above 0 4 V m Resolution is 0 01 C Does not include thermocouple error Introduction and Specifications 1 Detailed Specifications Temperature Calibration RTD Absolute Uncertainty Absolute Uncertainty Range teal 5 C Range teal 5 C RTD Type C 11 0 2 RTD Type C 11 C 2 90 days 90 days 700 300 oo oo pres 100260 o0 o0 soot 400 009 oi 5002 atos 008 005 eos 00 om Pt 3026 1002 7000307 005 009 300400 009 01 Prses 10008 2601300 005 006 actos
68. capacitance verification See Table 3 28 for capacitance verification tests Thermocouple Simulation Verification Sourcing Make sure that the Calibrator outputs the temperatures between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 30 Use the 8508A DMM as the measurement device Use copper connectors and copper wires Table 3 30 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Simulation TC Type Output C Low Limit mV High Limit mV 10 uV C 0 00 C 0 0000 mV 0 0030 0 0030 100 00 C 1 0000 mV 0 99696 1 00304 100 00 C 1 0000 mV 1 00304 99696 1000 00 C 10 0000 mV 9 99660 10 00340 3 47 5522A Service Manual Table 3 30 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Simulation cont TC Type Output C Low Limit mV High Limit mV 10 uV C 1000 00 C 10 0000 mV 10 0034 9 9966 10000 00 C 100 0000 mV 99 9930 100 0070 10000 00 C 100 0000 mV 100 0070 99 9930 Thermocouple Measurement Verification Make sure that the Calibrator outputs the temperatures between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 31 Use a Fluke 5500A Calibrator or equivalent instrument as the millivolt source connected in parallel with an 8508A Reference Multimeter At each verification point use the 5500A error mode controls to adjust the calibrator output for a nominal measurement on the 8508A Use copper connectors and copper wires Table 3 31 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Measurement Phase Accuracy Verification Volts and AU
69. ccseeeseeees 7 17 DC Voltage Calibration ccccecccecscessessseeeseeeeeeeecseecaecsaecnaecnsecnaeenseeeneenaes 7 18 AC Voltage Calibration assis aeee sri eric padrao ein aa amar st eas 7 19 Wave Generator Calibration re ercereeeaerrer ea 7 19 Edge Amplitude Calibration ccccccccssecsseessecsteceeceeceseceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeneenaes 7 20 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 7 20 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration 7 21 Low Frequency Calibrations onenian i i 7 22 High Frequency Calibration c ccccccccecssecsseeseeesceeseesecssecnseseeeseeeeeeeennes 7 22 Pulse Width Calibration s sseeeseseseseseseesesseseseesessssesrsessesersestssestesesseseseesesss 7 23 Meas Zi Calibration wes naianei ov e e a Adao 7 24 Verification eni n asad a e a aa 7 26 DC Voltage Verification cccecccccscssseessseeseeeseeesseceecsaecssecnecseseseeeseeeeeneesaes 7 26 Verification at 1 MO iii tias 7 27 Verification at 50 iran tn aE E ua aer 7 27 AC Voltage Amplitude VerificatiON ooooonnconncnococonnconaconnconnnnnnonanonan nono nono 7 29 Verification at Mii didas 7 30 Verification at 50 O ciiin as ia e EE 7 31 AC Voltage Frequency Verification ccccccsccssecsseceteceseceeeceeeeeseeeneeeseeetees 7 32 Edge Amplitude Verification c cccceccccsscssscesseeeseeeseecssecsseenecseceteeseenaeenes 7 33 Edge Frequency Verification cccccsccesccssscsssceeeceesceseeeeeeeeseesaecsaecneeneenaeenes 7 34 E
70. current in Amps For example 17 A at 23 C could be provided for 60 23 17 20 minutes each hour When the 5522A is outputting currents between 5 and 11 amps for long periods the internal self heating reduces the duty cycle Under those conditions the allowable on time indicated by the formula and Figure 1 is achieved only after the 5522A is outputting currents lt 5 A for the off period first For compliance voltages greater than 1 V add 1 mA V to the floor specification from 1 to 5 kHz For compliance voltages greater than 1 V add 5 mA V to the floor specification from 5 to 10 kHz 5522A Service Manual AC Current Sine Wave cont Absolute Uncertainty Max Distortion amp M teal 5 C Noise 10 Hz to ae Range Frequency of output LA 100 kHz BW Inductive a Load uH 90 days o tyear of output floor LCOMP On 29 00 to 10 to 100 Hz 0 2 0 2 0 25 0 2 0 1 1 0 uA 329 99 uA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 5 0 5 0 6 0 5 0 05 1 0 A 0 33 to 10 to 100 Hz 0 2 0 3 0 25 0 3 0 15 1 5 uA 3 29999 mA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 5 0 8 0 6 0 8 0 06 1 5 uA 3 3 to 10 to 100 Hz 0 07 4 0 08 4 0 15 5 A 400 32 9999 mA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 18 10 0 2 10 0 05 5 A 33 to 10 to 100 Hz 0 07 40 0 08 40 0 15 50 pA 329 999 mA 100 Hz to 1 kHz 0 18 100 0 2 100 0 05 50 pA 0 33 to 10 to 100 Hz 0 1 200 0 12 200 0 2 500 LA 2 99999 A 100 to 440 Hz 0 25 1000 0 3 1000 0 25 500 pA m 45 to 100 Hz 0 1 2000 2 0 12 2000
71. da dia 6 45 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ ccc ecccccsccesseesseeseecsseesseeeecsseenecneeeaeenes 6 47 Wave Generator Verification at 50 01 ccccecsceescesseeeseeeseeeceeeecsaecssecneeneeeaeenes 6 48 Pulse Width V eri fications ici ia dai 6 50 Pulse Period Verification cti 6 51 MeasZ Resistance Verification cccccsccesscessceesceeeeeeeeeeseeeseecseecseecsaecsseceaecnseenseenes 6 52 MeasZ Capacitance Verification c cccceccccsscssseeesseeeessecesecesecnseceseeseeeeeeeseeeesneesaes 6 53 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment 7 12 Voltage HP3458A SOS ci 7 16 Edge and Wave Generator HP3458A Settid8S ooccnncninnnincnconnconnconccnnnoconocnoconnnooo 7 17 Verification Methods for SC1100 Functions cooonncocnncnnonnconnconnconcconcconccconoconocnnnnos 7 26 DC Voltage Verification at MO erraram 7 27 DC Voltage Verification at 50 Q oococnconccnincnocnnonnnonnnnononanoonnnonnccnnccon ccoo nono noconccinnnns 7 29 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MOQ cccccccssccsseceseceteceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeaeesaees 7 30 AC Voltage Verification at 50 Q occonccnnncninccooncnonoconoconoconoconocnnonnnonannnnnronnnran cronos 7 32 AC Voltage Frequency Verification cccccsccesscesscessceeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeeesneeeneeeaaes 7 33 Edge Amplification Verification cccccsccesscssscesseeseeeseeeeeeeeeseecsaecsseenaecnaeenaeenes 7 34 Edge Frequency Verification ccccccssccesecessceseceseceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseecaeeca
72. e Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope with SC22 26 sampling head e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do edge aberration verification 1 Make sure that the SC1100 is in the edge mode the edge menu is shown in the display and set it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Push opr Connect the Calibrator to the oscilloscope as shown in Figure 7 8 Set the oscilloscope vertical gain to 10 mV div and horizontal time base to 1 ns div Y ae gt Set the oscilloscope to show the 90 point of the edge signal Use this point as the reference level 7 37 5522A Service Manual 6 Set the oscilloscope to show the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display Note With this setup each vertical line of the oscilloscope display shows a 1 aberration 7 Make sure the SC1100 meets the specifications shown in Table 7 13 Table 7 13 Edge Aberrations Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the edge menu shown in the display 2 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter See Figure 7 4 3 Push the TDPULSE softkey on the Calibrator 4 Set the output to
73. f to 3 5 mm m adapter and then to the sampling head of the DSO through the 3 dB attenuator 4 Use the second BNC cable with the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter attached to connect the TRIG OUT of the Calibrator to the trigger input of the DSO 5 Set the DSO to e Main Time Base 40 ns e Vertical scale 200 mV div 900 mV offset e Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto e Measurement function positive width 6 Push the GO ON softkey Adjust the DSO horizontal scale and main time base position until the pulse signal spans between half and full display If no pulse is output increase the pulse width with the front panel knob of the Calibrator until a pulse is output 8 Ifinstructed to adjust the pulse width by the Calibrator display adjust the pulse width to as near 4 ns as possible with the front panel knob of the Calibrator 9 Push the GO ON softkey 10 Let the DSO width measurement become stable 11 Type in the measurement through the keypad of the Calibrator 12 Push enter 7 23 5522A Service Manual Note The Calibrator shows a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m 4 n p If the warning continues type in a value between the pulse width shown in the display and the last typed in value Continue to do this with a value
74. function is a resistance measurement of a known value resistance and then compare the measured resistance to the value of the resistor This procedure uses Resistors of known values 1 5 MQ 1 MQ 60 Q 50 Q and 40 Q nominal 7 63 5522A Service Manual 7 64 e Adapters to connect resistors to a BNC f connector e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a measz resistance verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu shown in the display 2 Set the Calibrator MeasZ resistance range to the value shown in Table 7 25 Note The MeasZ softkey toggles the MeasZ ranges 3 Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator 4 Connect the resistor shown in Table 7 25 to the other end of the output cable See Figure 7 6 Note The resistor must make a solid connection to a BNC f connector The resistance value must be known at this BNC f connector Fluke uses an HP 3458A DMM to make a 4 wire measurement at the BNC f connector to get the actual resistance Let the Calibrator measurement become stable 6 Record the measurement in Table 7 25 7 Compare the measured resistance value to the actual resistance of the resistor and the value in the tolerance column of the table Table 7 25 MeasZ Resistance Verification Nominal Calibrator Calibrator MeasZ E Actual Resistance Resistance Tolerance Range Resistance Value Measurement res 50Q 40 Q 1 600 kQ i
75. learn more Leveled sine wave amplitude Procedure supplied in this manual frequency harmonics and flatness DC Voltage Verification This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e 50 Q feedthrough termination For dc voltage verification see Figure 7 4 for equipment connections Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu shown in the display 7 26 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Verification at 1 MQ To do a 1 MQ verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Make sure the Calibrator is set to 1 MQ The Output softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Set the Calibrator output to the voltage in Table 7 5 Push on the Calibrator Let the HP 3458A measurement become stable Record the HP 3458A measurement for each voltage in Table 7 5 LN ey a oa 8 Compare the result to the tolerance column Verification at 50 Q To do a 50 Q verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Make sure the Calibrator impedance is set to 50 O The Output O softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Set the
76. of the Calibrator If an out of tolerance condition is found the instrument can be re calibrated with the front panel or the remote interface Use the same test equipment and connection methods as used in the manual calibration procedures in this Chapter Zero the Calibrator before you do a test See the Zeroing the Calibrator section How to Zero the Calibrator When you zero the Calibrator it recalibrates internal circuitry This includes the de offsets in all ranges of operation Zero the Calibrator on a 7 day interval or when the Calibrator ambient temperature changes by more than 5 C so the Calibrator operates to the specifications in Chapter 1 There are two Calibrator zero functions total instrument zero ZERO and ohms only zero OHMS ZERO Before you do the verification tests do the total instrument zero To zero the calibrator Note The Calibrator rear panel CALIBRATION switch does not have to be set to ENABLE for this procedure Turn on the Calibrator and let it warm up for a minimum of 30 minutes Push RESET Install a low ohm copper short circuit across the 20 A and AUX LO terminals Push setur This opens the setup menu Push the CAL softkey This opens the calibration information menu Push the CAL softkey Push the ZERO softkey to totally zero the Calibrator When the zero procedure is done 20 minutes push to reset the calibrator DC Volts Verification NORMAL Output Make sure the Calibra
77. ove o o AC Voltage Frequency Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e Output cable supplied with the SC600 5522A SC600 SC600 Cable At 50 MHZ PM 6680A gjh108 eps Figure 6 7 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup 6 30 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification To do an ac voltage frequency verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu shown in the display 2 Push on the Calibrator 3 Set the FUNCTION of the PM 6680 to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 1 MQ impedance and filter off 4 Connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator to channel A of the PM 6680 with the output cable See Figure 6 7 Set the Calibrator to output 2 1 V at each frequency shown in Table 6 9 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable Record the PM 6680 measurement for each frequency shown in Table 6 9 oS aoe Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 9 Table 6 9 AC Voltage Frequency Verification mermo o oh Hz 0 000025Hz 000025 Hz Edge Amplitude Verification To do an edge amplitude verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 For ac voltage output at 1 kHz set the
78. sent to to the initiator only i e local initiator or remote initiator CME Command Error D Error causes instrument caused by incorrect to go to the power up command syntax state unrecognized header or parameter of the incorrect type 0 QYE No Error 1 DDE FR Error queue overflow 100 DDE FR D Inguard not responding send 101 DDE FR D Inguard not responding recv 102 DDE FR D Lost sync with inguard 103 DDE FR Invalid guard xing command 104 DDE FR D Hardware relay trip occurred 105 DDE FR D Inguard got impatient 106 DDE FR D A D fell asleep 107 DDE FR D Inguard watchdog timeout 108 DDE FR Inguard is obsolete 109 DDE FR D Inguard parity error 110 DDE FR D Inguard overrun error 111 DDE FR D Inguard framing error 112 DDE FR D Ingvard fault error 4 8 Maintenance 4 Complete List of Error Messages 113 114 115 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 398 399 400 401 402 403 405 406 407 408 409 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR DDE DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE R DDE R QYE F QYE F DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR D DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE
79. set to 50 Q The Output softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0007 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0012 for the lower part of the waveform baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step See Table 6 8 Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display Measure the topline first as shown in Table 6 8 For each measurement get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section for more information Measure the baseline of each output after the topline measurement as shown in Table 6 8 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column 6 29 5522A Service Manual Table 6 8 AC Voltage Verification at 50 Q Calibrator 458 Topline Baseline Peak to Tolerance Output Range Measurement Measurement peak EV 1 kHz g correction SR E 4 om ova o om fome o o sv iY Sid asm fome o st Sid mom om o o mom powe o o om fue o o o o soon fre sd id E fav ove o i aew ove o i sv ove o se
80. the Calibrator MeasZ capacitance range to cap Note The MeasZ softkey toggles the MeasZ ranges 3 Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Do not connect anything to the other end of this cable 4 Let the Calibrator measurement become stable and then push the SET OFFSET softkey to zero the capacitance measurement 5 Connect the other end of the cable to the capacitance shown in Table 6 26 See Figure 6 6 6 Let the Calibrator measurement become stable 6 52 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification 7 Record the measurement in Table 6 26 8 Compare the measured capacitance value to the actual capacitance and the value in the tolerance column of the table Table 6 26 MeasZ Capacitance Verification Nominal Albian Actual Capacitance Capacitance Value Measurement Tolerance Capacitance Value Overload Function Verification This procedure uses e 50 Q feedthrough termination e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do an overload function verification 1 Connect the output cable and 50 feedthrough termination to the Calibrator as shown in Figure 6 15 5522A SC600 5522A CALIBRATOR SC600 Cable NORMAL AUX SCOPE V Q ERTD AMSENSEAUXV OUT sov k MAX 3 50 O Feedthrough Termination gjh112 eps Figure 6 15 Overload Function Verification Connections 2 Set the Calibrato
81. the FUNCTION of the PM 6680 to measure duty cycle on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off Connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator to channel A of the PM 6680 with the output cable 6 Set the Calibrator to output 2 5 V at 1 MHz 7 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable tn 8 Compare to the duty cycle measurement to 50 5 Edge Rise Time Verification This verification is a test of the rise time of the edge function Aberrations are also examined This procedure uses e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e BNC BNC cable To do an edge rise time verification 1 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to one of the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and then to the sampling head of the DSO through the 3 dB attenuator 2 Use the second BNC cable with the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter attached to connect the TRIG OUT of the Calibrator to the trigger input of the DSO See Figure 7 8 7 35 5522A Service Manual 5522A SC1100 3 dB Attenuator Cable 5 3 5 mm m f WOE dan E Tek 11801 With SD26 Sampling Head HI as Ke as MAX MAX Lo 204 RMS M
82. the manual The test equipment necessary to do these verification tests is a complex waveform analyzer The LEM Norma D6000 with option 61E1 Harmonic Analyzer and plug ins 6111 61U1 amp 61U2 is such an analyzer You must first characterize the Norma D6000 to get the necessary test uncertainty ratios TURs for all tests These tests are functional unless your calibration lab can do the necessary measurement uncertainties An alternative is to send the Calibrator to a Fluke Service Center Delta Amplitude Verification The delta amplitude verification is done in two steps static condition and flicker condition To do the verification for the static condition 1 Connect Fluke 5790A or HP 3458A to the Normal output terminals of the PQ option 2 Set the Calibrator in the Delta Amplitude mode to the values shown in Table 8 2 Make sure the Delta Amplitude is set to 0 3 Compare the measurement to the value in the specification column of Table 8 2 Table 8 2 Delta Amplitude Verification Static Condition Calibrator Output Specification To do the verification for the flicker condition 1 Connect the Harmonic Analyzer or DMM to the normal output of the PQ option 2 Set the Calibrator to the values shown in Table 8 3 3 Measure the delta V with the ACV mode of the Analyzer 4 Set the time average to 0 3 seconds on the Analyzer Note If you use the HP 3458A as the measurement instrument set NPLC to 1 Make sure the ran
83. to 50 kHz 2 of output 100 uV lt 1 Time Marker Specifications Time Maker into 50 Q 5 s to 50 ms Ea 50 to 20 ns 10 ns 5to2ns 1 Year Absolute A Uncertainty at Cardinal 25 a 1000 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm Points tcal 5 C ppm spike square F Wave Shape spike or square or 20 pulse spike or square square or sine sine Typical Output Level gt 1 V p p gt 1 V pp gt 1 V p p gt 1 V ppl gt 1 V p p Typical Jitter rms lt 10 ppm lt 1 ppm lt 1 ppm lt 1 ppm lt 1 ppm Sequence 5 2 1 from 5 s to 2 ns e g 500 ms 200 ms 100 ms Adjustment Range At least 10 around each sequence value indicated above Amplitude Resolution 4 digits tis the time in seconds Typical rise time of square wave and 20 pulse 20 duty cycle pulse is lt 1 5 ns Away from the cardinal points add 50 ppm 1 2 3 Wave Generator Specifications Square Wave Sine Wave and Triangle Wave Wave Generator Characteristics into 50 Q or 1 MQ Amplitude Rana into 1 MO 1 8 mV to 55 V p p 9 into 50 Q 1 8 mV to 2 5 V p p 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 10 Hz to 10 kHz 3 of p p output 100 uV Sequence Typical DC Offset Range Range Resolution 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV O to 240 of p p amplitude 10 Hz to 100 kHz 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency 25 pp
84. while they are done with the recommended equipment All of the necessary equipment along with the minimum specifications are shown in Table 7 1 in the Equipment Necessary for SC1100 Calibration and Verification section The calibration and verification procedures in this chapter are not the ones Fluke uses at the factory These procedures were made so you can calibrate and verify the SC1100 at your own site if necessary Look at all the procedures before you do them to make sure you have the resources to complete them It is strongly recommended that if possible you send your Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification Hardware adjustments that are made after repair at the factory or designated Fluke service centers are supplied in this manual Maintenance There are no maintenance procedures or diagnostic remote commands for the SC1100 that are available to users If your SC1100 is not installed or is not connected to power the error message in Figure 7 1 shows in the Calibrator display when you push score Al Y A A a a Figure 7 1 Error Message for Scope Option om030i eps If this message shows in the display and you have the SC1100 installed in the Calibrator you must send the Calibrator to Fluke for repair To purchase an SC1100 see your Fluke sales representative SC1100 Specifications These specifications apply only to the SC1100 Option General specifications for th
85. 0 2 5 1 uA 7 0 to 1 09999 A 160 40 200 40 10 pA 6 400 1 1 to 2 99999 A 300 40 380 40 10 uA 6 BR 380 500 500 500 100 pA 4 11 to 20 5 A 800 750 1000 750 Y 100 pA 4 1 Duty Cycle Currents lt 11 A may be provided continuously For currents gt 11 A see Figure 1 The current may be provided Formula 60 T I minutes any 60 minute period where T is the temperature in C room temperature is about 23 C and is the output current in amperes For example 17 A at 23 C could be provided for 60 23 17 20 minutes each hour When the 5522A is outputting currents between 5 and 11 amps for long periods the internal self heating reduces the duty cycle Under those conditions the allowable on time indicated by the formula and Figure 1 is achieved only after the 5522A is outputting currents lt 5 A for the off period first 2 Floor specification is 1500 uA within 30 seconds of selecting operate For operating times gt 30 seconds the floor specification is 750 uA Range Noise Bandwidth 0 1 Hz to 10 Hz p p Bandwidth 10 Hz to 10 kHz rms 0 to 329 999 LA 2nA 20 nA 0 to 3 29999 mA 20 nA 200 nA 0 to 32 9999 mA 200 nA 2 0 uA 0 to 329 999 mA 2000 nA 20 uA 0 to 2 99999 A 20 uA 1mA O to 20 5 A 200 uA 10 mA Introduction and Specifications Detailed Specifications 1 Ambient 0 C a _ o 5 I 0 o q oO 2 5 E Duty Cycle
86. 0 Oscilloscope Option Table 6 1 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Equipment Digital Multimeter HP 3458A Voltage 1 8 mV to 130 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Edge 4 5 mV to 2 75 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 used with edge amplitude Calibration and ac voltage verification Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC Edge Rise Time and Aberrations Verification High Frequency Digital Tektronix 11801 with 12 5 GHz Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix SD 22 26 Resolution 4 5 mV to 2 75 V sampling head or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA 10 dB 3 5 mm m f or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Adapter o BNC f to 3 5 mm m Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration and Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Standard Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC DC and AC Voltage Calibration and Verification DC Voltage Verification Digital Multimeter HP 3458A oes a al Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC SC600 Calibration Option 6 Equipment Necessary for SC600 Calibration and Verification Table 6 1 SC6
87. 0 Q 1 SC1100 Cable N BNC Type N to BNC MeasZ Resistance Capacitance Verification Resistors 1 MQ and 50 Q nominal values Capacitors O 50 pF nominal value at the end of BNC f connector Adapters To connect resistors and capacitors to BNC f connector SC1100 Cable N BNC Type N to BNC Leveled Sine Wave Flatness High Frequency Calibration and Verification Power Meter Hewlett Packard 437B Range Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8482A Range Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8481D Range 30 dB Reference Hewlett Packard Range Attenuatior 11708A supplied with F 50 MH Adapter Hewlett Packard BNC f to Type N f PN 1250 1474 SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC SC1100 Calibration Option T SC1100 Calibration Setup Table 7 1 SC1100 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Time Marker Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option 2 ns to 5 s 50 kHz to 600 MHz lt 0 15 ppm PM 9621 PM 9624 or uncertainty PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC Wave Generator Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A with 03 1 8 mV p p to 55 V p p Standard option Frequency 10 Hz to 100 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination ed Feedthrough 50 Q 1 SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC SC1100 Calibration Setup The pro
88. 00 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Equipment Pulse Width Calibration and Verification High Frequency Digital Tektronix 11801 with Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head Attenuator LD 3 dB 3 5 mm m f Adapter 2 o To BNC f to 3 5 mm m Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option 50 kHz to 600 MHz lt 0 15 ppm uncertainty PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 AC Measurement Fluke 5790A with 03 Range Standard option Frequency Output Cable supplied with SC600 PM 9690 or PM 9691 uncertainty 6 11 5522A Service Manual Table 6 1 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Equipment Model Minimum Use Specifications Overload Functional Verification Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC MeasZ Resistance Capacitance Verification Resistors 1 MQ and 50 Q nominal values Capacitors 50 pF nominal value at the end of BNC f connector Adapters To connect resistors and capacitors to BNC f connector Output Cable supplied with SC600 Type N to BNC Leveled Sine Wave Flatness High Frequency Calibration and Verification Model Minimum Use Specifications Power
89. 00s o onzo 0o00 o onzo ow 20 o onzo ow 20 fewo om gt pow oo __ o feo om oa o fewo acre oa o feo amo oa o fewo acre oa o feo acore oa o fewo aser os o fewo amo os o fewo aser os o few oo os o feom oo 20 o fewo om 20 o fewo acre 20 o fewo amo 20 o fewo acre 20 o feo ooo 20 100 0 100 0 100 0 8 11 5522A Service Manual Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude oer Specification Fundamental Voltage V o os ee DE ER ee us cua zov 2 foou o forso os om Frequency ooo s ooon o forero ase ors s foon o forero os or 7 foou o forero os or Ce fico To ee or a a foon o rs os so e foox o foo osm s0 e foox o forero os s0 o fos o pen Tomo so oou o orro ossa so 00 o erro oss so 00 o erro ossa so 00 o asso ossa so soon o asso oss so soon o asso oss so mo Jona im o fanse iso am o faros iso ors o fanme iso ors o nre iso ox o fane iso ta o fase iso ta o feito iso ta o feio iso ao o feito iso so o feio iso so o feito iso ao o fito uso so o fimo uso so o fisco uso so o fisco uso so 8 12 PQ Calibration Option Performance Verification Tests 8 Table 8 4
90. 13 to set the edge signal to occur between 0 ns and 2 ns to the reference point set above Put the aberrations in the center so the peaks are equal above and below the reference level Adjust A90R12 again if necessary to keep the edge signal to occur between 2 ns and 10 ns at the reference level Adjust A90R13 again if necessary to keep the edge signal to occur between 0 ns and 2 ns at the reference level Set the UUT output to 250 mV and the oscilloscope vertical to 2 mV div Examine the aberrations Connect the 10 dB attenuator to the oscilloscope input Connect the UUT to the attenuator and set the UUT output to 2 5 V Set the oscilloscope vertical to 5 mV div Examine the aberrations Make sure the rise time is lt 300 ps at 250 mV 1 V and 2 5 V outputs SC1100 Calibration Option T SC1100 Hardware Adjustments 1st Aberration 2nd Aberration 3rd Aberration om050f eps Figure 7 18 Edge Aberrations Adjustment 7 71 5522A Service Manual 7 72 Chapter 8 PQ Calibration Option Title Page TPO GU on TO q RR RR RREO RR RR RR RE RED 8 3 PQ Options Specifications cccceecceesceeseeeseeceeeseeeseecseecsseceaeceseceeeseeeeeeeeeneenaes 8 3 Composite Harmonic Function Specifications ooooooonnonnnonnnocnnonnconnronconn conocio 8 3 AC Voltage Specifications cooooooonononoonnoonnnononononnnnonn nono nonnccon nc no cnn ran r rra nano 8 4 AC Voltage Auxiliary Specifications Dual Outpu
91. 2 0 1 0uA a 3 to 20 5 A a E 400 100 to 440 Hz 0 8 5000 Y 1 0 5000 0 5 0 uA 1 Duty Cycle Currents lt 11 A may be provided continuously For currents gt 11 A see Figure 1 The current may be provided Formula 60 T I minutes any 60 minute period where T is the temperature in C room temperature is about 23 C and is the output current in Amps For example 17 A at 23 C could be provided for 60 23 17 20 minutes each hour When the 5522A is outputting currents between 5 and 11 amps for long periods the internal self heating reduces the duty cycle Under those conditions the allowable on time indicated by the formula and Figure 1 is achieved only after the 5522A is outputting currents lt 5 A for the off period first For currents gt 11 A Floor specification is 4000 uA within 30 seconds of selecting operate For operating times gt 30 seconds the floor specification is 2000 uA For currents gt 11 A Floor specification is 10000 uA within 30 seconds of selecting operate For operating times gt 30 seconds the floor specification is 5000 uA Subject to compliance voltages limits Introduction and Specifications Detailed Specifications 1 Capacitance Absolute Uncertainty Allowed Frequency or tcal 5 C 11 2 3 Charge Discharge Rate Range of output floor Resolution Min and Max to g mae e ae eae Pr Ere Spec
92. 20 High Frequency Calibration eee re erereeererenererarererenos 6 20 Pulse Width Calibracion id 6 21 MeasZ Calibration ei eri aids Lanna BT eave avis Tasha Dani adiada 6 22 Verification oj sista cure ncaa E ES VI got E E 6 24 DC Voltage Verification c R T A 6 24 Verification cat MO cidad 6 25 Verification at O iaa 6 25 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification ccccsccsscsscssecsesceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeaaes 6 27 Verification at I MO iei ss is 6 28 Verification at O Ud add ai 6 29 AC Voltage Frequency VerlficatiOO ooooonnncnnncconncoonoconoconoconoconnonn nono nonnncnnnoos 6 30 Edge Amplitude Verification cccceccccsscssscesseeeseeeseecssecseeessecsseceeceeenaeenes 6 31 Edge Frequency Verification c ccsccssccesscessceesceseceeeeeeseesseeaecssecneenaeenseenes 6 32 Edge Duty Cycle Verification cccccccccesccsssceseeenseeseeeeecseecsseesseceseeneenaeenes 6 33 Edge Rise Time Verification n erena a e ai 6 33 Edged Aberration Verification c cccsccssccsssceseceesceeeceeseeeseeesecsaecnseenseenaeenes 6 35 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude VerificatiOM ooonnncnincnnccnoncconocononos 6 36 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification eee 6 36 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification iie eee 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification oooononinnninnnnnncconnconnconnoconoconocnocnos 6 40 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Fla
93. 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 66 to 659 999 mV 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 apo Six digits on each range 1 to 20 kHz 0 5 0 25 20 to 100 kHz 5 0 0 5 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 0 66 to 6 59999 V 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 See Six digits on each range 1 to 20 kHz 0 5 0 25 20 to 100 kHz 5 0 0 5 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 6 6 to 66 0000 V Six digits on each range Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 0 01 t0 10 Hz 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz Y 0 01 to 10 Hz Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz Y 0 01 to 10 Hz Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz Y 1 To convert p p to rms for square wave multiply the p p value by 0 5 2 Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM 3 Limited to 1 kHz for Auxiliary outputs 26 6 V p p 29 to 659 999 mV 0 66 to 6 59999 V 6 6 to 14 0000 V 1 25 5522A Service Manual AC Voltage DC Offset 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty teal 5 c P of de output floor 1 Offsets are not allowed on ranges above the highest range shown above The maximum offset value is determined by the difference between the peak value of the selected vol
94. 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 e 50 Q feedthrough termination SC600 Calibration Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions To do a leveled sine wave amplitude calibration 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until Set up to measure fast edge amplitude shows in the display Connect the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination 4 Connect the other end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the 50 Q feedthrough termination at the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 6 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 7 Push the GO ON softkey on the Calibrator Push to turn on the Calibrator output 9 Let the 5790A rms measurement become stable 10 Multiply the 5790A measurement by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Type in the corrected rms measurement through the keypad of the Calibrator 11 Push enter Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier i e m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be
95. 6 PCA and is applied to the A50 PCA for wave shaping and external trigger generation If the trigger is turned on the signal is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal on the A50 PCA goes to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector on the front panel The leveled sine wave generator on the A50 PCA is the source of the 1 us to 2 ns markers This signal is also divided to drive the external trigger circuits If the trigger is turned on the signal is then connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The other path sends the signal to the marker circuits on the A50 PCA where the signal is shaped into the other marker waveforms The marker signals on the A50 PCA go to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector on the front panel 6 7 5522A Service Manual Wave Generator Mode All signals for the wavegen function come from the A6 PCA and go to the A50 PCA They then go to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs Wavegen signals are then sent to the SCOPE connector on the front panel Video and pulse generator mode signals are derived from dedicated circuitry on the A50 SC600 option PCA If there are faults related only to these functions then the A50 PCA is most likely defective Input Impedance Mode Resistance The reference resistors for this mode are on the A50 PCA while the DCV reference signal and measurement signals are on the A6 DDS PCA Input Impedance Mode
96. 790A Calibrator 5790A E Measurement Calibrator Conversion a Tolerance Wave Type Output Measurement Factor x Conversion v yP 10 kHz V rms Factor P P V p p am ow O o o EA 7 59 5522A Service Manual 7 60 Table 7 21 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ cont 5790A z Calibrator 5790A Measurement Calibrator Conversion Tolerance Wave Type Output Measurement Factor x Conversion v yP 10 kHz V rms Factor P P V p p SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Table 7 22 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Q 5790A Calibrator Calibrator 5790A Measurement V p p Conversion Tolerance Wave Output Measurement Factor x Conversion value x v Type 10 kHz V rms Factor correction P P V p p am ow EI O A CT ame Joam eww oov ame oom leow Torv ame now emo _ oes ame Jom EI __ O CTA ame ao fumo it me roomy h CT ane ECC em oor me ECTS e O O CTA ore fom e CTA ore pev e o ore feos e CT verse iew een O A CT wwe room oa ooer mge sm n CT wwe omw een CTA 0 01357 V 7 61 5522A Service Manual Table 7 22 Wave Generation Verification at 50 cont 5790A Calibrator Calibrator 5790A Measurement V p p Conversion Tolerance Wave Output Measurement x Conversion value x Type 10 kHz V rms Factor Factor correction V p p V p p Pulse Width Verification This proced
97. 80 V peak to peak 100 kHz STANDBY 5 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL 6 Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0012 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform baseline 7 Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the 100 V range 8 Change the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency to 10 kHz 9 Push opR and use the HP 3458A to measure the topline and baseline 10 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline Record these values in Table 7 14 and compare against the tolerance 7 38 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Table 7 14 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak Tolerance Output Range Measurement Measurement V s fove o fis s fos o o im foo fov o o fu w fov o o o fem Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification This procedure uses e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 4 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu shown in the display Push opr Connect the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination Connect the one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Oy E A ds Connect the 50 Q fee
98. 99 mV E Seon core 0 98 to 9 20999 V e less 931099 o did 20 to 100 kHz 5 0 0 5 Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 29 to 929 999 mV Bees 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz 5 0 0 5 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 0 93 to 9 29999 V oe 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz 5 0 0 5 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz 5 0 0 5 To convert p p to rms for triangle wave multiply the p p value by 0 2886751 To convert p p to rms for truncated sine wave multiply the p p value by 0 2165063 Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM Uncertainty for Truncated Sine outputs is typical over this frequency band 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 9 3 to 14 0000 V St 1 1 24 Introduction and Specifications 1 Additional Specifications AC Voltage Non Sine Wave cont Square Wave 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Range Frequency tcal 5 C p p ui of output of range 21 Max Voltage Resolution Normal Channel Single Output Mode 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 2 9 to 65 999 mV 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 E Six digits on each range 1 to 20 kHz 0 5 0 25 20 to 100 kHz 5 0 0 5 0 01 to 10 Hz
99. A 3 4 Start Calibre seated 3 5 DC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output eee 3 5 DC Volts Calibration 30 V de and Above 3 6 AC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output ooooocinccnonnconcconcconcconoconocanncnnonanonnnos 3 7 Thermocouple Function Calibration cccccccessecscecssecsteceteceseceeeeeeeeeeeeenneenaes 3 9 DC Current Calibration ccccccesccesecesscessceeeceeeeeeeecsaecaecaecnsecnseeeeeseeeenneeenes 3 10 AC Current Calibration sedeniona earn naaa E E T A a 3 13 DC Volts Calibration AUX Output ce ccccccceeseeseeesseesseeseceeeeseeeseeeeeeeennes 3 19 AC Volts Calibration AUX Output ee eeereeerererererereerenos 3 19 Resistance Calibration ccccceccesscssseesseeeseeeseeeseeeseecseecssecesecesecnseceeeeseeeeeneenaes 3 20 Capacitance Calibration c ccceccccccseesecsecssecsecesecesecsseeseeeseeeseseceseesseeeeeeaaes 3 22 Calibration Remote Commands cccccceesseesseeseessecneceeeceeeeseeeeeseeeseeceeeaeeatees 3 24 How to Make a Calibration Report cccccccccesseessecseessecssecesecnseeesecseeeeeeeeeneenaes 3 30 Performance Verification Tests cccccsccssscssscetecesecesecseecseeeseeeeeseeeaeesseeeseeeeeesaes 3 31 How to Zero the Calibrator cccccecccccsccesseeseeessecseecseecnsecesecnseenseeseeeseeeeeseenaes 3 31 DC Volts Verification NORMAL OutpUb ecoooonncnionnnonononoconcconoconoconocnnnonanonanos 3 31 DC Volts Verification AUX Output cooooonoconococonoconaconanonnconnnnnn
100. A Operation oooooccnocononoconoconoconacononnnnonnnonan nono nonn nono conan 7 16 Voltage Square Wave Measurement Setup ires 7 16 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Setup ooooccniocnnonnnocnonanonnnos 7 17 DC Voltage Calibration monissa en ia a a a 7 18 AC Voltage Cabra tl A Aa dla da 7 19 Wave Generator Calibration eee era 7 19 Edge Amplitude Calibration e eee eereeecerererenerenareraran s 7 20 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration c eee 7 20 5522A Service Manual Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration 7 21 Low Frequency Calibration ccccccccscecsccesecessceeeceeecseeeeeneeeeeesseeceeeneeesaees 7 22 High Frequency Calibration ccccccsccssecssecsteceeceeceeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeseeensees 7 22 Pulse Width Calibration oreore e a E E ea 7 23 MeasZ Calibration a a a aA 7 24 Verificato eare sd deta A AAA A RD PR DE 7 26 DC Voltage Verifica sonenn eon e a a a tele ceeds 7 26 Verification at L MO iii id a e a i tenets 7 27 Verification at 0 Dni 7 27 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification ccccccccsccescsssceesceeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeseeeaaes 7 29 Verification at MO E TE EER E 7 30 Verification at50 Diana EE Eik 7 31 AC Voltage Frequency Verification cccccccscecsseeseessecsseesecseeeeeeeeeeenseennes 7 32 Edge Amplitude Verification cccccccccsscssecesecesecsseceeeceeeeeseeseseeeseeeseeeseeeaees 7 33 Edge Frequency Verification senscontra iere io
101. A earn ges 8 21 AUXAC Voltage EA 8 22 vi List of Tables Table Title Page Dede mol caida an E aE aAa 1 4 3 1 Consolidated List of Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification 3 3 3 2 Test Equipment Required for DC Volts Calibration cei ceeesceseceeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 3 5 3 3 Calibration Steps for DC Volts ir eeeeeereereerrerenarenarenaran s 3 6 3 4 Test Equipment Necessary for AC Volts Calibration ooonconincninconocononoconoconccononnnos 3 7 3 5 AC Volts Calibration Steps ccccccesscssscssseeeeeeeeeeeeeecceceaecesecsaeenseeseeeeeeeseneenses 3 7 3 6 Test Equipment Necessary for Thermocouple Function Calibration 3 8 3 7 Thermocouple Measurement Calibration Steps oooccnincnioconococoncconoconocanncnnncnanonnnos 3 9 3 8 Test Equipment Necessary for DC Current CalibratiOM oonoonnncnnnonococonnnonnconnnnnos 3 10 3 9 DC Current Calibration Steps oooonccnococonononanonnconnconnonanonanononnoon ccoo ccoo nono naco nncnnnnnnos 3 11 3 10 Test Equipment Necessary for AC Current CalibratiOM ooconncnncnncnnnnnnnoncnenns 3 13 3 11 AC Current Calibration Steps ccccccccesccesscesscsesceeseeeseesseeeseeeseecseceseeeeeeeeeeseneennes 3 13 3 12 AUX DC Volts Calibration Steps cccecccesccesscessceeseeeseeeseesseceaecnseeeseeseeeeeeeeeneennes 3 17 3 13 AUX Output AC Volts Calibration Steps cccceccccesecseeeseeensecseeeneneeesseeeeneeeaes 3 17 3 14 Tes
102. A45 PCA If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal that goes through the A45 PCA is connected to the attenuator assembly The signal is then applied to the SCOPE connector on the front panel The 10 ms to 2 us markers are derived from a square wave signal that comes from the A6 PCA and is applied to the A45 PCA for wave shaping and external trigger generation If the trigger is turned on the signal is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal on the A45 PCA goes to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector on the front panel The leveled sine wave generator on the A45 PCA is the source of the 1 us to 2 ns markers This signal is also divided to drive the external trigger circuits If the trigger is turned on the signal is then connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The other path sends the signal to the marker circuits on the A45 PCA where the signal is shaped into the other marker waveforms The marker signals on the A45 PCA go to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector on the front panel Wave Generator Mode All signals for the wavegen function come from the A6 PCA and go to the A45 PCA They then go to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs Wavegen signals are then sent to the SCOPE connector on the front panel Pulse Generator Modes Video and pulse generator mode signals are derived from dedicated ci
103. CA but the amplifier for voltage outputs lt 3 3 V is on the DDS PCA Voltage Amp gt 3 3V on A8 lt 3 3V on A6 NORMAL HI NORMAL LO AC Converter Figure 2 5 Voltage Function yg120f eps Main CPU PCA A9 The Main CPU PCA A9 attached to the rear panel assembly communicates with e Inguard CPU on the DDS PCA A6 e Display assembly CPU e Serial and IEEE interfaces e External amplifier 5725A The main CPU memory is Flash ROM There is a real time clock with a battery backup Each analog assembly has the same bus structure e One or more Chip Select lines e Common data bus that connects to the motherboard latched in by latches e A fault line that sets all modules to a safe condition if a malfunction is found The routing of signals to the front panel jacks are controlled by output relays on the motherboard 2 7 5522A Service Manual Power Supplies AC line voltage is applied through a line filter to a power module in the rear panel The module switches to accomodate four line voltages The outputs of the power module are attached directly to the primaries of the mains transformer The safety ground wire is attached from the power module to the rear panel Major internal grounds are SCOM which is attached to OUTPUT LO and the guard shell ICOM which is the internal ground for the current function and GCOM which is the outguard common and is attached to earth ground Outguard Supplies The mother
104. CKT STAINLESS STEEL BLK 20 OXIDE LOCK 295105 H34 H42 SCREW 5 20 312 WASHER HEAD PHILLIPS STEEL ZINC CHROMATE HI LO THD FORM 494641 H65 H82 SCREW PH P LOCK SS 6 32 500 320051 18 H90 H101 WASHER LOW THERMAL 8 859939 12 A H101 H112 NUT LOW THERMAL 8 32 850334 12 H122 H151 SCREW 6 32 250 PAN PHILLIPS STEEL ZINC CLEAR LOCK 152140 30 H158 H160 BINDING POST RED 886382 3 H161 H164 SCREW 6 32 625 PAN PHILLIPS STEEL ZINC CLEAR LOCK 152181 4 CONNECTOR ADAPTER COAXIAL N F SMA F BULKHEAD 4 MOUNT BULK 1279066 CONNECTOR CONN COAX BNC F CABLE 412858 1 a J2 E A E TRANSFLECTIVE YEL GRN 929179 eae E TRANSFLECTIVE YEL GRN 929182 List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 9 Table 5 1 Front Panel Assembly cont Reference Blube Description Part Quantity Designator Number 7 2 W CABLE ACCESSORY CABLE ACCESS TIE 11 00L 19W 3 00 DIA 501734 1 5522A Service Manual MALA 11Y130 X 09LH 85LH XZ 9Sd SSAIN a xg S LS LH 2Z 1H 7 XZ Z8H S9H cM xv v9LH L9LH LSLH CoLH LV ved XZ crH peH LOLH 06H xz1 ZLLH LOLH 9diN xz 9EAN SEAN xv LGLH ZZLH LSLH ZZLH ELdIA OLdN Xt Z8H S9H XZ crH peH gjh200 eps Figure 5 1 Front Panel Assembly 5 6 List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 5 Figure 5 1 Front Panel Assembly co
105. Calibration 5522A Multi Product Calibrator Service Manual May 2012 2012 Fluke Corporation All rights reserved Specifications are subject to change without notice All product names are trademarks of their respective companies LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Each Fluke product is warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service The warranty period is one year and begins on the date of shipment Parts product repairs and services are warranted for 90 days This warranty extends only to the original buyer or end user customer of a Fluke authorized reseller and does not apply to fuses disposable batteries or to any product which in Fluke s opinion has been misused altered neglected contaminated or damaged by accident or abnormal conditions of operation or handling Fluke warrants that software will operate substantially in accordance with its functional specifications for 90 days and that it has been properly recorded on non defective media Fluke does not warrant that software will be error free or operate without interruption Fluke authorized resellers shall extend this warranty on new and unused products to end user customers only but have no authority to extend a greater or different warranty on behalf of Fluke Warranty support is available only if product is purchased through a Fluke authorized sales outlet or Buyer has paid the applicable international price Fluk
106. Calibrator for each step in Table 3 5 as instructed Table 3 5 AC Volts Calibration Steps 5522A Output NORMAL De mow mm CR RT INE TD De mov T 5790A Set the 5790A AA to external guard FLUKE 5790A 4GMEASUREMENT NORMAL AUX SCOPE VIER Make sure NORMAL LO is GROUND GUARD 2 gjh116 eps Figure 3 3 AC Volts Calibration Connections Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Thermocouple Function Calibration Table 3 6 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the thermocouple measure and source functions The equipment is also shown in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 6 Test Equipment Necessary for Thermocouple Function Calibration Fluke 5520A LEADS Test lead set includes Type J E eT wire and mini plug 4tect feet various various o 24 gauge solid copper 24 gauge solid copper telephone wire wire 8508A Reference Multimeter To calibrate the thermocouple function 1 Make sure that the UUT is in standby 2 With no connections to the UUT terminals push the GO ON softkey as instructed to start TC calibration Let the internal calibration steps complete 3 Connect the 8508A to the TC terminals with solid copper telephone wire and a copper uncompensated TC miniplug as shown in Figure 3 4 Attach the wires directly to the Reference Multimeter binding posts Set the Referen
107. Connect the 10 dB attenuator to the oscilloscope input Connect the UUT to the attenuator and set the UUT output to 2 5 V Set the oscilloscope vertical to 5 mV div Examine the aberrations Make sure the rise time is lt 300 ps at 250 mV 1 V and 2 5 V outputs 6 57 5522A Service Manual 1st Aberration 2nd Aberration 3rd Aberration om050f eps Figure 6 18 Edge Aberrations Adjustment 6 58 Chapter 7 SC1100 Calibration Option Title Page Introduction a serra A SERES Mn AS Era dado aaa AA codes nr da data aaa na 7 3 Ma inten anCescrses th ss armas roenan dacs a laa eba alan Da 7 3 SCTLOO Specifications sa sat ita pi li 7 3 Volt Specifications sie irern nioni iioa eeir 7 4 Edge Specifications ccccccsccsccssscessceesceeeeeseeeeeeeecseecssecesecnseeeseeeeeeseeeenneeenes 7 5 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications ccccccsceessecscecssecsteceeceeceseeeeeeseesenseennes 7 6 Time Marker Specifications cccccsccesccessceesceeeeeeeecseecnsecesecnsecseeseeeseeeseneenaes 7 7 Wave Generator Specifications 0 ccccccccecscesseesseesseeeeesecesecesecseeeeeeseeeeneeeaes 7 7 Pulse Generator Specifications ccccccccesscesscesseeeeeeeeeseceseceseeneeseeeseeeeeeeeenes 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function ccceeeceeseeeeceeeeeeeeeseeaeees 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function ecesceecceeeeeeeeeees 7 8 Trigger Signal
108. E UZ p D FN terminals of the a 5522A MAX If the Phase Meter LO terminals are not common use a short between NORMAL LO and AUX LO on the 5522A gjh133 eps Figure 3 14 Volts and Current Phase Verification Connection Calibration Remote Commands Calibration of the calibrator with remote commands is simple To access the standard calibration steps send the command CAL START MAIN To jump to specified calibration steps you can append a modifier to this command Table 3 18 is a list of calibration entry points Table 3 18 Calibration Entry Points in Remote AC Volts Thermocouple Measuring DC Current AC Current Resistance aR AA da k AC Volts 3 24 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Remote Commands To go directly to ac volts calibration send CAL START MAIN AV To go directly to resistance calibration send CAL START MAIN R These calibration commands can be used through the IEEE 488 or serial interface To use the serial interface without a calibration program 1 Connect the applicable COM port from a PC to the Serial 1 connector of the Calibrator with a Fluke PM8914 cable 2 In Microsoft Windows open the Terminal program Set the communications parameters to the values of the Calibrator 3 Push enter Type the calibration command for example CAL START MAIN What follows is a list of remote calibration commands for the Calibrator Th
109. EE E E 1 3 Safety Information ssa esri onnar an Ta A E ET A AREA 1 4 Overload ProteChON 28 sais A A Selec teens 1 5 Operation OVErViCW cccccecsceesseesseeseeescecscecaecnsecesecnsecsseeeeceeeeseeeeeseeeseeseeeaeesaees 1 5 Local Operation ccccccccesccesecesscessceeeceseeeeseeeseeeseeeseecseecsaecesecnseenseeeeeeseeeenaeennes 1 6 Remote Operation RS 232 erre rerereeeneeraceracarenereneranaran s 1 6 Remote Operation TEEE 488 cccccccecsseesseeseeeseeeseecnsecesecnsecneeseeeseeeeeaeennes 1 7 Service information A A OT 1 7 How to Contact Fluke Calibration re eeeeereeeererererereraneranos 1 7 SE E 1 8 Detailed Specifications isoen a aei nono noconoconn cnn rcnnrnnnr anar rrn ran rrnn nano 1 9 DE MONACO sd o dal bettas 1 9 DE Curt al e nl o ene aciendo 1 10 VERITE EE A E TE AEE 1 12 AC Voltage Sine Wave c ccccccccssesssesseessecsecssecssecssecnsecnseceeeseeeseeeeeneeeseenaes 1 13 AC Current Sine Wave c ccccesccessesssesseeessecseeesseeseeceaecnseenseceaeeeeesneeseneenseenaes 1 15 Capacitar 1 17 Temperature Calibration Thermocouple ccccccccssesseceteceteceseeeeeeeseeeeneennes 1 18 Temperature Calibration RTD cceeceeccessceseeseeeeseensecesecnseeneeeeeeseeeeeneennes 1 19 DC Power Specification Summary nono nono non nono noc nonanrrnnrnnnrnnnno 1 20 AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 0 0 0 eee 1 20 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications oooooconcnnnnnnnncnnc
110. FR DDE FR DDE FR D DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE lr Ss a ll AAA O O N Inguard fault input error Inguard fault detect error Inguard read write error Invalid procedure number No such step in procedure Can t change that while busy Can t begin resume cal there Wrong unit for reference Entered value out of bounds Not waiting for a reference Continue command ignored Cal constant outside limits Cal try to null failed Sequence failed during cal A D measurement failed Invalid cal step parameter Cal switch must be ENABLED Divide by zero encountered Must be in OPER at this step Open thermocouple for RJ cal Bad reference Z or entry Cal takes DAC over top limit Zero cal needed every 7 days Ohms zero needed every 12 hours Unusual cal fault Yod Fault during s Encoder not responding VERS Encoder not responding COMM Encoder not responding STAT Encoder self test failed Message over display R side Unmappable character d Encoder did not reset Encoder got invalid command Encoder unexpectedly reset Internal state error Invalid keyword or choice Harmonic must be 1 50 Frequency must be gt 0 AC magnitude must be gt 0 Impedance must be gt 0 Function not available Value not available Cannot enter watts by itself Output exceeds user limits Duty cycle must be 1 0 99 0 Power factor must be 0 0 1 0 Can t select that field now Edi
111. Figure 6 7 2 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Pulse menu shown in the display 3 Push on the Calibrator 4 Set the PM 6680 to the measure period on channel A with auto trigger measurement time setto 1 second or longer 50 2 impedance and filter off tn Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to the channel A input of the PM 6680 7 Set the Calibrator to the pulse width and period shown in Table 6 24 Set the voltage to 2 5V 8 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable and then record the period measurement in Table 6 24 9 Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 6 24 Pulse Period Verification Calibrator Output PM 6680 Measurement man peca mica romance MeasZ Resistance Verification The verification procedure for the MeasZ Resistance function is a resistance measurement of a known value resistance and then compare the measured resistance to the value of the resistor This procedure uses e Resistors of known values 1 5 MQ 1 MQ 60 Q 50 Q and 40 Q nominal e Adapters to connect resistors to a BNC f connector e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a measz resistance verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu shown in the display 2 Set the Calibrator MeasZ resistance range to the value shown in Table 6 25 Note The MeasZ softkey toggles the MeasZ ranges 3 Co
112. HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL For ac voltage output of 10 kHz change the NPLC to 001 3 Set the HP3458A DELAY to 0002 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform baseline 4 Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step See Table 6 10 Note For the edge function the topline is near 0 V and the baseline is a negative voltage 5 For each measurement get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC600 Edge Wave Generator Measurements section to learn more 6 The peak to peak value of the waveform is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Multiply the measurements by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error 7 Record each measurement in Table 6 10 6 31 5522A Service Manual Table 6 10 Edge Amplification Verification Calibrator HP3458A Topline Baseline o Tolerance Edge Output Range Measurement Measurement z V correction 0 0022 0 0202 0 0003 0 0004 0 0007 Edge Frequency Verification This procedure uses PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 Output cabl
113. Hz 0 1 to 50 0 1 100 pA 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 30 0 1 130 WA 11 All frequencies can have harmonics up to 100 of the fundamental uncertainties are not specified unless otherwise indicated 2 For harmonics that are lt 1 of the Fundamental phase uncertainty is typical 8 5 5522A Service Manual AC Current Specifications LCOMP OFF continued Harmonic a E Absolute RMS Amplitude Harmonic Amplitude Harmonic Phase Uncertainty of Uncertainty Uncertainty f Range Composite of Relative to of 2 Waveform Fundamental Fundamental A Fundamental RMS A 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 1 mA 45 to 900 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 1 mA 060 0 2 1 mA 900 Hz to 2 kHz 0 1 to 20 0 1 1mA 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 20 0 2 1 3 mA 15 to 45 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 10 mA 45 to 900 Hz 0 1 to 100 0 1 10 mA 060 3 to 20 5 A 0 2 10 mA 900 Hz to 2 kHz 0 1 to 20 0 1 10 mA 2 to 5 kHz 0 1 to 20 0 2 10 mA 1 All frequencies can have harmonics up to 100 of the fundamental uncertainties are not specified unless otherwise indicated 2 For harmonics that are lt 1 of the Fundamental phase uncertainty is typical Range Composite Waveform Harmonic Frequency AC Current Specifications LCOMP ON i Absolute RMS Uncertainty of Composite Waveform RMS A LCOMP ON is used to drive inductive loads like the 5500A COIL and current clamps 1 All frequencies can have harmonics up to
114. Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup Set the Calibrator to Scope mode with the Levsine menu shown in the display Connect one end of the Output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the HP 8590A Set the Calibrator to output 5 5 V p p at each frequency on Table 6 17 Push opr Set the HP 8590A start frequency to the Calibrator output frequency SO 00 LS AS Set the HP 8590A stop frequency to 10 times the Calibrator output frequency Set the HP 8590A reference level at 19 dBm Record the harmonic level measurement for each frequency and harmonic shown in Table 6 17 For harmonics 3 4 and 5 record the highest harmonic level of the three measured Harmonics must be below the levels listed in the tolerance column of Table 6 17 Rh ua mi O Table 6 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Calibrator Output HP 8590A Tol Frequency Measurement dB is 5 5 V p p 33 dB 46 dB 6 39 5522A Service Manual Table 6 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification cont Calibrator Output HP 8590A Frequency Measurement dB 5 5 V p p Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification Leveled Sine Wave flatness verification is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band
115. N softkey Push the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to set the Cal Factor of the power sensor for the frequency shown in the Calibrator display Make sure that the factor is correct then push the power meter ENTER key Adjust the amplitude with the front panel knob of the Calibrator until the power sensor is equal to the 10 MHz reference 0 1 SC1100 Calibration Option T Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 7 Do steps 1 through 5 again until the Calibrator display shows that the reference frequency is now 50 kHz or that the subsequent step is calibrate pulse width Do the low frequency calibration procedure for the subsequent amplitude unless the Calibrator Mainframe display shows that the subsequent steps calibrate pulse width Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants Pulse Width Calibration This procedure uses e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope DSO Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e Second BNC cable To do a pulse width calibration 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until Set up to measure pulse width shows in the display 3 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to one of the BNC
116. OE w o poo po pew ooo Toro ps LE do pa A s f o Joo po op pe ooo o poo po pre peo pue so J RS RS poo e esoo Poo po pww mo LI To pe o ee Fill in Columns A through G as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz F Record the 10 MHz rms error for 5 5 V from Table 6 18 column C G Calculate and record that Calibrator Flatness deviation Colum E entry Colum F entry Time Marker Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification To do a Time Marker Verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 7 2 Set the PM 6680 to the measure frequency function with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 Q impedance Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Marker menu shown in the display Push opr Set the Calibrator output to the parameters shown in Table 6 16 Connect one end of the Output cable to the SCOPE c
117. Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications 7 9 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications 7 9 Overload Measurement Specifications ooooooninoninonnnononnncon ccoo connncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnos 7 9 Theory Of Operation ninia ai 7 9 Voltage Mod indi A da did 7 9 Edge Modena dci aid 7 9 Leveled Sine Wave Mode 0 ccsceesceseesseeseesecceeseeseceaeeaeeeeeaecaeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeed 7 9 Time Marker Modes cscccocccocisctacessencdetegacbacsavaced oleae tdevsapacedeueasodgenaderededeneteness 7 9 Wave Generator Mode eecceseesssesceseceeeseeseceeeeceeseceaeeaesecaecaeeeneeaecnaeeaeeeeed 7 10 Pulse Generator ModeS ranna innesi libras 7 10 Input Impedance Mode Resistance cccsccescesecessceesceeseeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeneeses 7 10 Input Impedance Mode Capacitance eee 7 10 Overload MO de i msm den cies daedesats tn e li di dis 7 10 Equipment Necessary for SC1100 Calibration and Verification 7 12 SC1100 Calibration Setup 0 ccccecscecssecsseceteceseceeceseeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeneeeaaees 7 15 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 7 16 Overview of HP3458A Operation c ccccecccesseessecstecsteceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneenaes 7 16 Voltage Square Wave Measurement Setup ccccesccesccessceeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeneeenes 7 16 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Setup
118. Performance Verification Tests Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude Specification Specification a am o ro usa me fuso cow ve Ju fuma fuso om rus opu Jasa o mo o reson oom os Frequency sore e room o reso oon o fown o fimo con os ooo o reso oon7 os foo o reso oon7 os ooo o reso oon7 os ow o los cow 10 ow o jes oonr 10 oon o jes oomr 10 ow o jes oonr 10 oon o jes oom so ooon o jes oom 20 rom 0 oar oom 20 o es oom so Do foar coms o0 ps Es ES E sou usa 47 00 100 00 2 89500 0 0129 1 35900 0 0129 18 70 0 54123 0 0129 E 49 60 NN 1 43500 0 0129 06 13 00 o 0 37760 0 0129 06 33 50 0 96918 0 0129 06 10 00 0 28950 0 0129 06 17 40 E 0 50347 0 0129 06 8 00 RE 0 23160 0 0129 06 14 30 0 41536 0 0129 06 6 70 0 19300 0 0129 E 9 10 EMI 0 26432 0 0129 06 5 70 EM 0 16543 0 0129 MEC E EE ESE 8 17 5522A Service Manual Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Fundamental Amplitude Specification Specification Voltage E V V deg PQ Calibration Option 8 Performance Verification Tests Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude Specification S
119. ROUNDING WRIST STRAP 2 KEEP PARTS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS UNTIL READY FOR USE 4 HANDLE S S DEVICES BY THE BODY 5 USE STATIC SHIELDING CONTAINERS FOR 8 WHEN REMOVING PLUG IN ASSEMBLIES HANDLING AND TRANSPORT HANDLE ONLY BY NON CONDUCTIVE EDGES AND NEVER TOUCH OPEN EDGE CONNECTOR EXCEPT AT STATIC FREE WORK STATION PLACING SHORTING STRIPS ON EDGE CONNECTOR HELPS PROTECT INSTALLED S S DEVICES 6 DO NOT SLIDE S S DEVICES OVER ANY SURFACE CR 9 HANDLE S S DEVICES ONLY ATA STATIC FREE WORK STATION 10 ONLY ANTI STATIC TYPE SOLDER SUCKERS SHOULD BE USED 11 ONLY GROUNDED TIP SOLDERING IRONS SHOULD BE USED 7 AVOID PLASTIC VINYL AND STYROFOAM IN WORK AREA PORTIONS REPRINTED WITH PERMISSION FROM TEKTRONIX INC AND GERNER DYNAMICS POMONA DIV Dow Chemical Chapter 4 Maintenance Title Page UNS A E 4 3 ACCESS POCOS idas edil 4 3 How to Remove Analog Modules ooooconinccinociononoonconnoconoconoconoconocono cnn nnnanonnnos 4 3 How to Remove the Main CPU A9 cooconicccinocinonononconncnnnonnncnnnonnnonanornnnonnncnnos 4 3 How to Remove the Rear Panel Assemblies cccccesccsseceteceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeenes 4 4 How to Remove the Filter PCA A12 coococinocinocononconncnonoconocononanonanoonnnonnnonnnos 4 4 How to Remove the Encoder A2 and Display PCAS ooonoconiccnoccnocnnocnnocnonnnos 4 4 How to Remove the Keyboard and Access the Output Block 4 4 Diagnostic Tests
120. Sato 329 999 mV ye 3a0mvtoto20v om oo o om 1 To determine ac power uncertainty with more precision see the individual AC Voltage Specifications and AC Current Specifications and Calculating Power Uncertainty 2 Add 0 02 unless a settling time of 30 seconds is allowed for output currents gt 10 A or for currents on the highest two current ranges within 30 seconds of an output current gt 10 A Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications Voltages Voltages Power Factor Frequency NORMAL Currents AUX PF DE _dwso0v asa aw 1 to 5 kHz 3 3 to 500 V 33 mA to 2 99999 A 100 mV to 5 V 5 to 10 kHz 3 3 to 250 V 33 to 329 99 mA 1to5V 10 to 30 kHz 3 3 V to 250 V 33 mA to 329 99 mA 1 V to 3 29999 V Notes The range of voltages and currents shown in DC Voltage Specifications DC Current Specifications AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications and AC Current Sine Wave Specifications are available in the power and dual output modes except minimum current for ac power is 0 33 mA However only those limits shown in this table are specified See Calculating Power Uncertainty to determine the uncertainty at these points The phase adjustment range for dual ac outputs is 0 to 179 99 The phase resolution for dual ac outputs is 0 01 degree 1 20 Introduction and Specifications 1 Detailed Specifications Phase 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C
121. To remove the Filter PCA A12 1 2 3 4 Remove the top cover and guard box cover See the instructions in the Remove Analog Modules section Remove all the analog modules Remove the five Phillips screws from the front side of the rear guard box wall Lift out the Filter PCA Encoder A2 PCA and Display Assembly To remove the Encoder PCA A2 PCA and Display assembly 3 4 Note Figure 4 2 shows an exploded view of the front panel assemblies Remove top and bottom covers With the bottom side up disconnect all the cables that go to the front panel One of these cables is attached by a cable tie that must be cut then replaced with a new one when you assemble the Calibrator Remove six Allen screws from the two front handles Then remove the handles Remove the front panel The Encoder PCA A2 and display pcas are now accessible Keyboard A1 and Access the Output Block To remove the keyboard and access the output block 1 2 3 4 5 4 4 Do all four steps in the Encoder and Display section Unlatch the plastic catches that fasten the front panel together Remove four Phillips screws that are around the output block Remove the output cables Pull apart the two main parts of the front panel Maintenance Access Procedure 4 Figure 4 1 Exploded View of Rear Panel Assemblies 4 5 5522A Service Manual 4 6 NUMAN A GEA Figure 4 2 E
122. V 2 of output 200 uV 4 digits 10 around each sequence value 5 mV 10 mV 25 mV 50 mV 60 mV 80 Sequence Values mV 100 mV 200 mV 250 mV 300 mV 500 mV 600 mV 1 V 2 5 V 2 5 ppm of setting Typical Jitter edge to trigger lt 5 ps p p A within 2 ns from 50 of rising edge ee re lt 1 of output 2 mV lt 0 5 of output 2 mV 45 to 55 1 Above 2 MHz rise time specification lt 350 ps 2 All edge aberration measurements made with Tektronix 11801 mainframe with SD26 input module 6 4 SC600 Calibration Option SC600 Specifications 6 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Characteristics for measuring oscilloscope bandwidth Range P P lt 100 mV 3 digits 2100 mV 4 digits 2 of output 3 5 of output 4 of output 6 of output 300 uV 300 uV 300 uV 300 uV Short Term Amplitude not applicable 1 5 of output 4 of output 100 uV Stability 100 uV Frequency Characteristics Resolution 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Distortion Characteristics 2nd Harmonic 3rd and Higher Harmonics Within 1 hour after reference amplitude setting provided temperature varies no more than 5 C With REF CLK set to ext the frequency uncertainty of the Leveled Sine Wave is the uncertainty of the external 10 MHz clock 0 3 Hz gate time Resolution Adjustment Range 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Flatness relative
123. Wave Harmonics c 6 55 How to Adjust the Aberrations for the Edge Function 6 56 Equipment Setup ui cta ie da 6 56 How to Adjust the Edge Aberrations ooooocnnoniocononoconcconoconoconocnnnnnnonanonnnos 6 57 SC1100 Calibration Option cccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseneeneeeesees 7 1 Introduction asas 7 3 Maintenan Ge ici tio EA E ARAS E E AE 7 3 SC1TOO SpecificationS assessores aro Susie a a did 7 3 Volt Specifications sessao iee riet ie deceit dees sets aU cad oa te 7 4 Edge SpecificationS ars tasas missa onie eit E Ta RAA S i RA ia 7 5 Contents continued Leveled Sine Wave Specifications ccccccccssessecetecesecesecesecseeeeeeeeeseenneennes 7 6 Time Marker Specifications cccccsccescessceseceeeceeeeeseeescecsaeesaecsaecnseenaeenaeenes 7 7 Wave Generator Specifications ccccccccesscessceesceeeceeeceeseessecsaeessecnseeeaeenseenes 7 7 Pulse Generator Specifications c ccccccesccesscsseceeeceeeeeeeeeseeessecsseceseeneenaeenes 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function 0 eccceseseeeeeceseeseeereeseenee 7 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 7 8 TV Trigger Signal Specifications oooonoconocnnonnconnnonnnon nono nconccon ccoo nono nono nocinnnnos 7 8
124. X Volts Make sure that the Calibrator outputs voltage at a phase between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 32 Use a precision phase meter as shown in Figure 3 13 Table 3 32 Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and V Range A R a Output E Low High Normal Frequency AUX Phase Limit Limit Output V 32 9999 30 0000 329 999 50 000 89 90 90 10 89 90 90 10 3 29999 3 00000 65Hz 3 29999V 3 00000 V e Hz E kHz site kHz oe kHz C kHz esto Hz E Hz ae kHz site kHz Hoki kHz ao Ke kHz ste Hz oo E Hz eS kHz site kHz HOR kHz o kHz 3 48 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Phase Accuracy Verification Volts and Current Make sure that the Calibrator outputs voltage and current at a phase between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 33 Use a precision phase meter with a shunt as shown in Figure 3 14 Table 3 33 Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and Output Output ae o Range Normal Range AUX Phase Low Limit High Limit Normal Frequency AUX 5 Output Output roms somov esne azeeem oso o av ovo seas somo esne sown soon o av ovo zav somo oie osa soor o o oa Fseaeev somo sre oo acoso ma o0 a000 uno Psromoy oaov esne 29059 zooor so 0599 5010 sees somo she osea 2000n so 0599 unio Psromoy somo oie osa 2000n so moro unas Psemoy somov she omo
125. able The 5790A should display approximately 1 94 V rms 4 Record the 5790A measurement in column A of Table 7 18 7 45 5522A Service Manual Set the Calibrator frequency to 50 kHZ Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement in column B of Table 7 18 7 Set the Calibrator to the next frequency shown in Table 7 18 8 Let the 5790A measurement become stabile and then record the measurement in column A of Table 7 18 9 Set the Calibrator frequency to 50 kHz 10 Let the 5790A measurement become stabile and then record the 5790A measurement in column B of Table 7 18 11 Do steps 7 through 10 again for all the frequencies shown in Table 7 18 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B After you fill in columns A and B for all rows of the table push stsy Use the recorded values in columns A and B to calculate and record the value in column C for all rows Column C 100 Column A Column B Column B Compare column C to the specifications shown in the last column Table 7 18 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator A c Calibrator Flatness Frequency Specification wo oo S o oS ESTAMOS a AUS IESO FCT AO me o 0 0 FCT TO 10 MHz Fillin Columns A through C as follows A Record 5790A measurement mV for the present frequency B Record 5790A measurement mV for 50 kHz Cc Compute and record the Calibrator Flatness deviation 100
126. across its horizontal center line in the display The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the center line as shown in Figure 7 16 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance To adjust leveled sine wave VCO balance Note The equipment must be setup as described in the Equipment Setup section 1 Set the Calibrator to 5 5 V 600 MHz 2 Set the Spectrum Analyzer to e Start frequency 10 MHz e Stop frequency 800 MHz e Resolution bandwidth 30 kHz e Video Bandwidth 3 kHz e Reference level 20 dBm The spectrum analyzer will show a spur at 153 MHz See Figure 7 16 to identify the spur 3 Turn Ri counterclockwise until the spur is at minimum amplitude Note As you turn RI the spur will move down the waveform in the display Stop the adjustment with the spur is at minimum amplitude If you adjust too far the spur will disappear The signal is balanced between the VCOs and the adjustment is complete when the spur is at minimum amplitude 7 67 5522A Service Manual R1 om052f eps Figure 7 16 Leveled Sine Wave Balance Adjustment How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 7 68 To adjust the leveled sine wave harmonics Note The equipment must be setup as described in the Equipment Setup section Set the Calibrator to 5 5 V 600 MHz Set the Spectrum Analyzer to e Start frequency 50 MHz e Stop frequency 500 MHz e Resolution bandwidth 3 MHz e Vid
127. age Functions 5522A SC1100 5522A CALIBRATOR SC1100 Cable gjh136 eps Figure 7 6 MeasZ Calibration Connections Push the OPTIONS softkey Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until connect a 50 Q resistor shows in the display Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to BNC f connector attached to the 50 Q resistor Push the GO ON softkey Type in the 50 Q resistance Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m u n p If the warning continues repair may be necessary 8 When instructed by the Calibrator disconnect the 50 Q resistance and connect the 1 MQ resistance to the end of the output cable 9 Push the GO ON softkey 10 Type in the actual 1 MQ resistance 11 When instructed for the first reference capacitor by the Calibrator disconnect the 1 MQ resistance and leave nothing attached to the end of the output cable 12 Push the GO ON softkey 13 Enter 0 14 When prompted for the second reference capacitor by the Calibrator connect the 50 pF capacitance to the end of the output cable 15 Push the GO ON blue softkey 16 Type in the actual 50 pF capacitance 17 When the Calibrator shows calibration is compl
128. alibrator mainframe can be found in Chapter 1 The specifications are correct for these conditions e The Calibrator is operated in the conditions specified in Chapter 1 e The Calibrator has completed a warm up period that is two times the period the Calibrator was turned off to a maximum of 30 minutes e The SC600 has been active more than 5 minutes 6 3 5522A Service Manual Voltage Function Specifications z a Ti Voltage Function DC Signal Square Wave Signal 50 Q Load 1 MQ Load 50 Q Load 1 MQ Load Amplitude Characteristics 1 mV to 1 mV to Range Resolution 1 to 24 999 mV 1uV 25 to 109 99 mV 10 uV 110 mV to 2 1999 V 100 uV 2 2 to 10 999 V 1 mV 11 to 130 V 10 mV Adjustment Range Continuously adjustable 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty 0 25 of output 0 05 of output 0 25 of output 0 1 of teal 5 C 40 uV 40 uV 40 uV output 40 uV Y 125 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV Square Wave Frequency Characteristics 10 HZ t0 10 KHz 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 2 5 ppm of setting Typical aberration within 4 us from 5 50 of leading trailing edge brasa Ort IPD Resolution 1 Selectable positive or negative zero referenced square wave 2 For square wave frequencies above 1 kHz 0 25 of output 40 uV Edge Specifications Edge Characteristics into 50 Q Load 1 year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C lt 300 po 70 ps 7 100 ps Amplitude Range p p 4 5 mV to 2 75
129. ance and thermocouple functions there is fast output disconnection protection This protection senses applied voltages higher than 20 volts on the output terminals It quickly disconnects the internal circuits from the output terminals and resets the calibrator when such overloads occur For current and aux voltage functions user replaceable fuses supply protection from overloads applied to the Current Aux Voltage output terminals The fuses are accessed by an access door on the bottom of the calibrator You must use replacement fuses of the same capacity and type specified in this manual or the protection supplied by the Calibrator will be compromised Operation Overview The Calibrator can be operated at the front panel in the local mode or remotely through the RS 232 or IEEE 488 ports For remote operations there are a number of software options available to integrate 5522A operation into a wide variety of calibration requirements 5522A Service Manual Local Operation Typical local operations include front panel connections to the Unit Under Test UUT and then manual keystroke entries at the front panel to set the output mode of the Calibrator You can review Calibrator specifications at the push of two buttons The backlit liquid crystal display is easy to see from many different angles and light conditions The large easy to read keys are color coded and supply tactile feedback Remote Operation RS 232 There are two rea
130. andard like the Clarke Hess 5500 before use Calibration The standard Calibrator has no internal hardware adjustments Oscilloscope options have hardware adjustments See Chapter 6 The Control Display steps you through the calibration procedure Calibration occurs in these steps 1 The Calibrator sources output values and you measure the outputs with a traceable measurement instrument of higher accuracy The Calibrator automatically sets the outputs and instructs you to make external connections to applicable measurement instruments 2 Ateach measure and enter step you can push the OPTIONS and BACK UP STEP softkeys to redo a step or SKIP STEP to skip over a step 3 You can type in the measured results through the front panel keyboard or remotely with an external terminal or computer Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Note Intermixed with the output and measure procedures are internal 5520A calibration procedures where operator input is not necessary 4 The Calibrator calculates a software correction factor and puts it in volatile memory 5 When the calibration procedure is complete you are instructed to put all the correction factors in nonvolatile memory or discard them and start again For most calibration procedures the frequency and phase steps are not necessary All the calibration steps are available from the front panel interface and the remote interface IEEE 488 or serial Frequency and phase
131. apter 1 The specifications are correct for these conditions e The Calibrator is operated in the conditions specified in Chapter 1 e The Calibrator has completed a warm up period that is two times the period the Calibrator was turned off to a maximum of 30 minutes Composite Harmonic Function Specifications Maximum Number of Harmonics in a User Defined Waveform Specified Fundamental Frequencies Highest Harmonic Frequency Harmonic Amplitude Resolution Harmonic Phase Range relative to fundamental Harmonic Phase Resolution 0 1 relative to fundamental Pre loaded Industry Waveforms IEC A IEC D NRC7030 NRC 2 to 5 AC Voltage outputs gt 33 V and Current outputs gt 3 A have low frequency limits of 45 Hz Other fundamental frequencies within the output limits of the 5522A can be used but are not specified Current outputs with LCOMP ON have lower limits as shown in the AC Current table below Voltage outputs gt 33V have a 2 kHz limit 8 3 5522A Service Manual Note All harmonic specifications below include the fundamental For waveforms with no harmonics other than the fundamental the RMS uncertainty is the same as the non PO mode of the 55224 AC Voltage Specifications Harmonic Harmonic A Absolute RMS Harmonic Amplitude Harmonic Amplitude Phase Uncertainty of Uncertainty Uncertainty 0 Frequency oe a an n of Fundamental V Relative to e de Fundamental Y 15 to 45 Hz 0 1t0 100 0
132. ard of current flowing through vital organs of the body Table of Contents Chapter Title Page 1 Introduction and Specifications cccssseeccessseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeneeseeees 1 1 Tinto dn ctv oni RRA 1 3 Safety Information cennere ae cceeelacteaces cided AR NU al ai 1 4 Overload Protection vta errada 1 5 OperatiomOVervieW iii A beta aaa dete andi ue iii 1 5 Local Operation ina mis a UT o Sia tio dai de Tr US de aaa 1 5 Remote Operation RS 232 ccccsccessssscseeceeseeseeeeseeeseeeseecseeeaecsaeceseeeeenaeenes 1 5 Remote Operation TEEE 488 c ccccecccssscesseeseeeeeeeeeseeceeeseeesseeeseeneeeeenes 1 6 Service Information acerto eras iia adia e OCA NUNO e aaa dE 1 6 How to Contact Fluke Calibration c erre ccoo nono nono nonnonnos 1 6 General Specifications iia Adi 1 7 Detailed Specification ia 1 8 DEV Ola A A A E A oda eeu a reas Pak 1 8 DC Current aeei E ARE AA E otras estanque els 1 9 RESISTANCE ii 1 11 AC Voltage Sine WaVe nia sa dades dida 1 12 AC Voltage Sine Wave cont ooooonooccionononononoconoconoconncnnncnononannonnnonnnonnnconnnos 1 13 AC Current Sine Wave isis Assis 1 14 AC Current Sine Wave COMt ooooninccnnoninnconnconnconoconononncnononanornnnonnnonnnnonnnos 1 15 CA talle 1 16 Temperature Calibration Thermocouple oooonoonncninnnnconmcorccnnoconnconnconncnos 1 17 Temperature Calibration RTD eee ccoo nono nono nocinnnnos 1 18 DC Power Specification SUMMALY
133. ated in their specified operation environment It is also important to make sure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up before you start calibration Refer to the operation manual for each piece of equipment for more information Before you start calibration look at all of the procedures to make sure you have the resources to do them 6 13 5522A Service Manual The Calibrator starts calibration with the DC Voltage function If it is necessary to start with a different function push the OPTIONS softkey Then push the NEXT SECTION softkey until you see the function name in the display Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions The Voltage Edge and Wave Generator functions have square wave voltages that must be calibrated or verified The HP3458A digital multimeter can be programmed from the front panel or through the remote interface to make these measurements Overview of HP3458A Operation The Hewlett Packard 3458A digital multimeter is configured as a digitizer to measure the peak to peak value of the signal It is set to DCV with different analog to digital integration times and trigger commands to measure the topline and baseline of the square wave signal Voltage Square Wave Measurement Setup To make accurate and repeatable measurements of the topline and baseline of a voltage square wave with a maximum frequency of 10 kHz set the integration and sample time of the HP3458A For this measu
134. ation is done independently of the oscilloscope option calibration and done before or after oscilloscope calibration PQ calibration has three sections e Normal ac voltage e AUX ac current e AUX ac voltage The equipment necessary for each section is a subset of the equipment necessary for the 5522A mainframce See the Equipment Necessary for Verification and Calibration section in Chapter 3 of this manual Review the necessary equipment for each PQ function before you start the PQ calibration procedure To start the calibration procedure 1 Push setup 2 Push the CAL softkey 3 Push the CAL softkey 4 Push the OPTION CAL softkey 5 Push the PQ CAL softkey 8 20 PQ Calibration Option 8 Calibration If a different section is to be calibrated push the OPTIONS then NEXT SECTION softkeys In a section each step shows the correct instrument connection and prompts you for measurement shown on the measurement device To start the calibration remotely send the command CAL START PQ through the host CAL START PQ is the only remote calibration command that is unique to the PQ Each time a calibration step is completed CAL NEXT lt value gt must be sent to continue Normal AC Voltage Measure ac voltage with the Fluke 5790A AC Measurement Standard Type in the measured value into the Calibrator for each of the nominal values shown in Table 8 5 Table 8 5 Normal AC Volts Dos E TAN AUX AC Current
135. ation process 1 014 JMP 1 008 H Reset 5790A standard 1 015 ACMS 1 016 5790 Ss 1 017 HEAD DCI References 1 018 PIC 552A410m 1 019 IEEE OUT 3 2999mA OHZ OPER OPC 1 GTL 1 020 IEEE D30000 GTL 1 021 ACMS G 1 022 5790 A SH N 2W Figure 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program 3 17 5522A Service Manual 3 18 1 023 MATH M 17 MEM Apply nominal DC Current to A40 1 024 IEEE OUT 3 2999mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL 1 025 IEEE D5000 GTL 1 026 ACMS G 1 027 5790 A SH N 2W 1 028 MATH M 17 ABS MEM M 17 2 1 029 IEEE OUT 33mA OHZ OPER OPC I GTL 1 030 IEEE D15000 GTL 1 031 ACMS G 1 032 5790 A SH N 2W 1 033 MATH M 18 MEM Apply nominal DC Current to A40 1 034 IEEE OUT 33mA 0HZ OPER OPC I GTL 1 035 IEEE D5000 GTL 1 036 ACMS G 1 037 5790 A SH N 2W 1 038 MATH M 18 ABS MEM M 18 2 1 039 IEEE OUT 3mA 0HZ OPER OPC I GTL 1 040 IEEE D15000 GTL 1 041 ACMS G 1 042 5790 A SH N 2W 1 043 MATH M 19 MEM Apply nominal DC Current to A40 1 044 IEEE OUT 3mA 0HZ OPER OPC 1 GTL 1 045 IEEE D5000 GTL 1 046 ACMS G 1 047 5790 A SH N 2W 1 048 MATH M 19 ABS MEM M 19 2 1 049 IEEE CAL START MAIN AI OPC I GTL 1 050 IEEE CAL NEXT OPC I GTL 1 051 HEAD Calibrating 3 2999mA E 100Hz cal_next is required for initial start after sending AIG330U if you send cal_next 5520A tries to start the cal at that time
136. ble to Type N M Adapter gjh139 eps Figure 7 10 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup Set the Calibrator to Scope mode with the Levsine menu shown in the display Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the HP 8590A Set the Calibrator to output 5 5 V p p at each frequency on Table 7 17 Push opr Set the HP 8590A start frequency to the Calibrator output frequency 7 41 5522A Service Manual 9 Set the HP 8590A stop frequency to 10 times the Calibrator output frequency 10 Set the HP 8590A reference level at 19 dBm 11 Record the harmonic level measurement for each frequency and harmonic shown in Table 7 17 For harmonics 3 4 and 5 record the highest harmonic level of the three measured Harmonics must be below the levels listed in the tolerance column of Table 7 17 Table 7 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification HP 8590A Measurement dB Calibrator Output Frequency 5 5 V p p 7 42 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification Table 7 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification cont Calibrator Output HP 8590A nes Frequency 5 5 V p p Measurement dB 1000 MHz O 3 5 V 1000 MHz 3 5 V 4 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification Leveled Sine Wave flatness verification is divided into two frequency bands
137. board supplies the outguard power supplies 12VG 12VG and 5VG All the transformer connections for the outguard supplies come through one bundle of wires connected to the motherboard with P1 A row of test points in front of the fan lets you to connect to the raw and regulated supplies The outguard supplies are used only by the CPU PCA A9 and Encoder PCA A2 Inguard Supplies The inguard supplies are put on the Voltage PCA A8 The mains transformer connections inguard SCOM referenced are connected to the Motherboard A3 Current protection devices for each of the supplies are put on the Motherboard It is unlikely these devices will blow unless there is a second fault since the regulators will limit current below the device ratings Filter capacitors for the high current supply for the Current PCA A7 are put on the Filter PCA A12 The inguard SCOM referenced supplies are 15 V 15 V 5 V 5 V and 5RLH The 5 V and 5RLH supplies share the same raw supply The 5RLH supply is used exclusively as a relay driver and is nominally approximately 6 3 V Test points for these supplies are put in a row across the top of the Voltage PCA The 65 V supplies are rectified and filtered on the motherboard but regulated on the Voltage PCA A8 2 8 Chapter 3 Calibration and Verification Title Page SA nora nerane EEO A AOA ao 3 3 Equipment Necessary for Calibration and Verification cccesceeseeseeeeeeeeeneees 3 3 CAM A TE
138. caeenseenseenaeenes 3 39 3 18 High Value Capacitance Measurement SetUP ocooocciocnnonononoconoconoconacann nan n cnn nonanonnno 3 45 3 19 Example Visual Basic PrograWM ooooccnincnnnonnonnconnconncon nooo ccnn noc noc noco nono n rra rrnnrrna nano 3 46 4 1 Exploded View of Rear Panel Assemblies ooocooonnoniccnoonnoccnoonnonoonnnoncoconoconoconocnos 4 5 4 2 Exploded View of Front Panel Assemblies oooononinoninnonocnnonnconnconnconnononoconoconocoos 4 6 5 1 gt Front Panel Assembly alii di ae 5 6 5 2 Front Panel Assembly rear View ccccccecsseesseeseeesceceeeeeceseceseceseceeeeereeeeeeneeeass 5 8 5 3 Rear Panel Assembly 0 cccccccecscesseeseeseeeseeeseeeseecseecsaecaecesecnseesseeseeseeeeeeeenneeeaes 5 11 5 4 Chassis Assemb lysiinin aena e a n ea TERE ESE cana 5 13 SS Waring AA a a Ra e dest e at 5 15 S6 A Oa podias ON 5 17 5522A Service Manual 6 1 Error Message for Scope Option eeccecccecscessseesseeseecesecssecssecnseceaeeeeeneeeseeeeeneeeaes 6 3 6 2 SC600 Block Diagram cooonoocnnonnnonnnonnoonnnonnonnnonn nono cera nooo noon nono nn E eia 6 9 6 3 Equipment Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements 6 15 6 4 Equipment Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements 6 16 6 5 Calibrator to 5790A AC Measurement Standard Connections ccooonnconinnnincnncnnnnnos 6 19 6 6 MeasZ Calibration CONMNECHIONS ooooocnnonnooncoononononanonnn nono nono nonn
139. cation AC Measurement Fluke 5790A 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Standard Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC SC1100 Calibration Option T Equipment Necessary for SC1100 Calibration and Verification Table 7 1 SC1100 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont ment Minimum use orante CET E Fematoo O CTE SC 1100 Cable N BNC Type N to BNC High Frequency Digital Tektronix 11801 with Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head Attenuator 3 dB 3 5 mm m f Adapter 2 ED BNC f to 3 5 mm m SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC BNC BNC Cable Do For Trigger Out Connection Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option PM 50 kHz to 600 MHz lt 0 15 ppm uncertainty 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m SC1100 Cable N BNC supplied with SC1100 Type N to BNC Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Low Frequency Calibration and Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A with 03 Range Standard option ERR 7 13 5522A Service Manual Table 7 1 SC1100 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Pulse Period Edge Frequency AC Voltage Frequency Verification PM 9690 or PM 9691 uncertainty Edge Duty Cycle omone CE Overload Functional Verification Termination EY Feedthrough 5
140. ce Multimeter to read de millivolts 4 Type the measured value into the UUT for step 1 in Table 3 7 as instructed 5 Disconnect the test equipment 6 Connect a Type J thermocouple to the TC terminals on the UUT Put the thermocouple and a precision mercury thermometer fully in to a mineral oil lag bath that is 2 C of ambient temperature The test setup is shown in Figure 3 5 7 Let the temperature measurement become stable for a minimum of 3 minute then read the temperature on the mercury thermometer and type it into the UUT Table 3 7 Thermocouple Measurement Calibration Steps Step 5522A Output AUX HI LO 300 mV de NORMAL Enter temperature read from mercury thermometer as prompted 5522A Service Manual UUT 5522A CALIBRATOR i eee INPUT SENSE no Ma AD ae AUX V 2WRE AA 4WREN Acv 0 o 20v Nes RMS MAX To 204 MS R o E GUARD 20A CATT 000 Attach wires directly to binding posts gjh117 eps Mercury Thermometer J type Thermocouple Dewar Flask Mineral Oil and Cap Lag Bath gjh101 eps Figure 3 5 Thermocouple Measure Calibration Connections DC Current Calibration Table 3 8 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the dc current function The equipment is also listed in Table 3 1 You must use the calibrated de current function of the Calibrator later to prepar
141. cedures in this manual were made to let users calibrate the SC1100 at their own site if it becomes necessary to do so It is strongly recommended that if possible you send your Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification The Calibrator Mainframe must be fully calibrated before you do calibration of the SC1100 The hardware adjustments are intended to be one time adjustments done in the factory Some times adjustment can be necessary after repair Hardware adjustments must be done before calibration Calibration must be done after if hardware adjustments are made See the Hardware Adjustments section in this chapter The AC Voltage function is dependent on the DC Voltage function Calibration of the AC Voltage function is necessary after the DC Voltage is calibrated The Calibrator Mainframe must complete a warm up period and the SC1100 must be turned on for a minimum of 5 minutes before you start calibration This lets internal components become thermally stable The Calibrator Mainframe warm up period is a minimum of two times the period the calibrator was turned off or a maximum of 30 minutes Push c to turn on the SC1100 The green LED on the SCOPE key is illuminated when the SC1100 is turned on Most of the SC1100 Option can be calibrated from the front panel Push to turn on the SC1100 and wait a minimum of 5 minutes To start the Scope Cal mode 1 Push setup 2 Push the CAL softkey 3 Push the CAL softkey again
142. cord the 5790A measurement in column A of Table 6 18 6 42 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Set the Calibrator frequency to 50 kHZ Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement in column B of Table 6 18 7 Set the Calibrator to the next frequency shown in Table 6 18 8 Let the 5790A measurement become stabile and then record the measurement in column A of Table 6 18 9 Set the Calibrator frequency to 50 kHZ 10 Let the 5790A measurement become stabile and then record the 5790A measurement in column B of Table 6 18 11 Do steps 7 through 10 again for all the frequencies shown in Table 6 18 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B After you fill in columns A and B for all rows of the table push stsy Use the recorded values in columns A and B to calculate and record the value in column C for all rows Column C 100 Column A Column B Column B Compare column C to the specifications shown in the last column Table 6 18 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator c Calibrator Flatness Frequency Specification wo o o o us Que o o FCT AO E RR RR EE Fillin Columns A through C as follows A Record 5790A measurement mV for the present frequency B Record 5790A measurement mV for 50 kHz C Compute and record the Calibrator Flatness deviation 100 Column A Column B Column B High Frequency Verification
143. ctions while they are done with the recommended equipment All of the necessary equipment along with the minimum specifications are shown in Table 6 1 in the Equipment Necessary for SC600 Calibration and Verification section The calibration and verification procedures in this chapter are not the ones Fluke uses at the factory These procedures were made so you can calibrate and verify the SC600 at your own site if necessary Look at all the procedures before you do them to make sure you have the resources to complete them It is strongly recommended that if possible you send your Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification Hardware adjustments that are made after repair at the factory or designated Fluke service centers are supplied in this manual Maintenance There are no maintenance procedures or diagnostic remote commands for the SC600 that are available to users If your SC600 is not installed or is not connected to power the error message in Figure 6 1 shows in the Calibrator display when you push score Al Y A A a a Figure 6 1 Error Message for Scope Option om030i eps If this message shows in the display and you have the SC600 installed in the Calibrator you must send the Calibrator to Fluke for repair To purchase an SC600 see your Fluke sales representative SC600 Specifications These specifications apply only to the SC600 Option General specifications for the C
144. dc voltage Fluke o EESTI 1k Resistance Resistance Standard 1k2 1kQ DC current Fluke o ELES 1 Resistance Resistance Standard 12 1Q DC current current Guildline 9230 0 1 Q shunt DC current verification oe only Guildline 9230 0 01 shut o 01 Q shunt DC current current ECC RC ERRO a E Fluke o 5790A AC Measurement Standard Measurement Standard AC AC voltage ac current ac current Fluke 10 mA 20 mA 200 mA 2A AC current current shunts 5522A Service Manual Table 3 1 Consolidated List of Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification cont CI A Fluke o O 792A 7004 7004 A40 Current Shunt A40 Current Shunt Adapter AG current current various metal film 1 KQ 200 Q AC current DECS Fluke o PM PM 9540 BAN ss Set Capacitance Fluke 5700A CC Precision current source for ac dc current transfers and to use in conjunction with an Fluke 8508A DMM for thermocouple measurement function ASTM ee thermometer Thermocouple measurement 1 various various ini flask and cap mineral Thermocouple oil lag bath measurement 1 North Atlantic 2000 Precision Phase Meter Phase Or Clarke Hess 6000 PN 690567 Fluke resistor network used as Phase a shunt 0 01 Q 0 09 Q 0 9 Q values needed Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter 1 If desired the test uncertainty ratio TUR can be improved by characterizing the phase meter with a primary phase st
145. dge Duty Cycle Verification eee erererereeeneerareranents 7 35 Edge Rise Time Verification cccccesccesscsssceseceeeceeecescecseeetecsaeceseenseenaeenes 7 35 Edged Aberration Verification ccccccccesccesscessceesceeeeeeseeeseeeseesseceseenaeenaeenes 7 37 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude VerificatiOM ooooocninconoccnonoconoconnnos 7 38 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification ienes 7 39 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification cccccccsseesseesteceteceteeeeeeeeeeees 7 40 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification 7 41 v 5522A Service Manual Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification cccccsccssscesecessceeeeeeeeeseeeeneeenes 7 43 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness ooooonocninccionoconoconoconocnocoos 7 43 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness eceeceeseeseeeeeeeeeteenee 7 44 Low Frequency Verification ooooconocconoconnnononannnnnnonnnonnccon ccoo nnco nono nnconnnos 7 45 High Frequency VerificatiOO oooooconococonoconnconnconnconncnononan oran non nono nono nncnnnnoos 7 46 Time Marker Verification ccccccccssccssscesecessceeeceeeceeeceeeeeseecsaecsaecnseesaeenaeenes 7 57 Wave Generator VerlficatiOM ooooooonoconococonnconaconacononnn nono nono era ccoo nono nono nncinnnns 7 58 Wave Generator Verification Setup ooooonoocnocnnoonnonnnoonnnononancon nono noconoconocos 7 58 Verification at Mic AE R 7 58 Verification at SON naci iii di ti
146. dthrough termination at the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 7 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Set the Calibrator to a value shown in column 1 of the Table 7 15 9 Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement in the table 10 Multiply the rms measurement by the conversion factor of 2 8284 to get the peak to peak value 11 Multiply the measurements by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error 12 Compare the result to the value in the tolerance column 7 39 5522A Service Manual 7 40 Table 7 15 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Calibrator 5790A 5790A V p p Value x Output Measurement Measurement x mean Tolerance V p p 50 kHz V rms 2 8284 V p p sow o 700 V my 450 uV ssw ES 498 uV IE SSS 800 y wow o o o o 1 08 mV IC E 110 mV ow E po 228 mV ICC E SSS S 2 30 mV Boom o 530 mV om o 8 28 mV oa To 8 3 mV py 163 mV ar ES 24 3 mV ESTAR SSS o o Yo 263 Bay o To 68 3 mV C o oi 110 3 mV Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification This procedure uses PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 BNC f to Type N m adapter Output cabl
147. e Calibrator mainframe can be found in Chapter 1 The specifications are correct for these conditions e The Calibrator is operated in the conditions specified in Chapter 1 e The Calibrator has completed a warm up period that is two times the period the Calibrator was turned off to a maximum of 30 minutes e The SC1100 has been active more than 5 minutes Warmup Time conan ccnnn cnn nannno Twice the time since last warmed up to a maximum of 30 minutes Settling Time s sssssassss espessa dc ds 5 seconds or faster for all functions and ranges Temperature Performance Operating esise sriain rnidan iieiea 0 C to 50 C Calibration leal neir 15 C to 35 C A a RP 20 C to 70 C Electromagnetic Compatibility Designed to operate in Standard Laboratory environments where the Electromagnetic environment is highly controlled If used in areas with 5522A Service Manual 7 4 Electromagnetic fields gt 1 V m there could be errors in output values All testing for this specification used new cables and connectors Temperature Coefficient Temperature Coefficient for temperatures outside tcal 5 C is 10 per C of 1 year specification Relative Humidity Operating iii aaa lt 80 to 30 C lt 70 to 40 C lt 40 to 50 C A TO lt 95 noncondensing Altitude Operating issena inaran es 3 050 m 10 000 ft maximum 12 200 m
148. e 4 wire measurements for resistances less than 110 kQ and 2 wire measurements for higher values Table 3 23 Verification Tests for Resistance TO O a 3 34 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 23 Verification Tests for Resistance cont TO a AC Voltage Verification NORMAL Output Make sure the Calibrator outputs the voltage between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 24 Use the same procedures and equipment that are in the manual calibration section Table 3 24 Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output 32 999 mV 3 000 mV 2 994 mV 3 006 mV 32 999 mV 3 000 mV 10 kHz 2 994 mV 3 006 mV 3 35 5522A Service Manual Table 3 24 Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output cont O re oup ICE IET TT 3 36 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 24 Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output cont C re op ICE TT Typical specification is 24 dB at 2 MHz AC Voltage Verification AUX Output Make sure the Calibrator outputs the voltage between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 25 Use the same procedures and equipment that are in the manual calibration section Table 3 25 Verification Tests for AC Voltage AUX Output 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 9 622 mV 10 378 mV 329 999 mV 10 000 mV 9 622 mV 10 378 mV 3 37 5522A Service Manual Table 3 25 Verification Tests for AC Volta
149. e 5522A is the uncertainty of the external 10 MHz clock 5 uHz The amplitude of the 10 MHz external reference clock signal should be between 1 V and 5 V p p Harmonics 2 to 50 Fundamental Voltages Voltages Amplitude q eds 1 200 to 11 999 kHz 33 to output but twice 5 to 10 kHz 3 3 to 1020 V 329 9999 mA ene the floor adder 33 to 100 mV to 10 to 30 kHz 3 3 to 1020 V er 3 29999 V 1 The maximum frequency of the harmonic output is 30 kHz 10 kHz for 3 3 to 5 V on the Aux terminals For example if the fundamental output is 5 kHz the maximum selection is the 6th harmonic 30 kHz All harmonic frequencies 2nd to 50th are available for fundamental outputs between 10 Hz and 600 Hz 200 Hz for 3 3 to 5 V on the Aux terminals Phase Uncertainty oooooooccconnoccccnocccconocccccncinnnnos Phase uncertainty for harmonic outputs is 1 degree or the phase uncertainty shown in Phase Specifications for the particular output whichever is greater For example the phase uncertainty of a 400 Hz fundamental output and 10 kHz harmonic output is 5 from Phase Specifications Another example the phase uncertainty of a 50 Hz fundamental output and a 400 Hz harmonic output is 1 degree Introduction and Specifications 1 Additional Specifications Example of determining Amplitude Uncertainty in a Dual Output Harmonic Mode What are the amplitude uncertainties for the following dual outputs NORMAL Fundamental Output
150. e and baseline of the square wave signal Voltage Square Wave Measurement Setup To make accurate and repeatable measurements of the topline and baseline of a voltage square wave with a maximum frequency of 10 kHz set the integration and sample time of the HP 3458A For this measurement connect the external trigger of the HP 3458A to the external trigger output of the SC1100 Set the HP 3458A to make an analog to digital conversion after it senses the falling edge of an external trigger The conversion does not occur until after the delay set by the HP 3458A DELAY command The frequency measured by the DMM influences the actual integration time Table 7 2 summarizes the DMM settings necessary to make topline and baseline measurements Figure 7 3 illustrates the correct connections for this setup Table 7 2 Voltage HP 3458A Settings For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual range with external trigger turned on A convenient method to make these measurements from the front panel of the HP 3458A is to put these parameters into some of the user defined keys For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you set the DMM to NPLC 01 DELAY 0007 TRIG EXT To find the average of multiple measurements you can set one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value SC1100 Calibration Option T Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage
151. e common commands in this list do not show the character that must be the first character of the command These remote commands duplicate what can be initiated through the front panel of the Calibrator when it is set to local mode TEEE 488 GPIB and RS 232 Applicability Each command title shown in this section shares the same remote interface applicability IEEE 488 general purpose interface bus or GPIB and RS 232 remote operations and command group Sequential Overlapped and Coupled IEEE 488 XIRS 232 XISequential HOverlapped OCoupled Sequential Commands Commands executed immediately as they are found in the data stream are called sequential commands A command that is not overlapped or coupled is sequential Overlapped Commands Commands that require additional time to execute are called overlapped commands because they can overlap the next command before execution is done Coupled Commands Some commands are coupled commands because they couple in a compound command sequence You must be careful to make sure that one command does not disable the second command and thereby cause a fault CAL_ABORT Description Instructs the Calibrator to abort the calibration procedure after the present step Example CAL_ABORT 3 25 5522A Service Manual 3 26 CAL_BACKUP Description Skip to the subsequent entry point in calibration procedure CAL_DATE Description Sends a calibration date related to the sto
152. e for ac calibration Because of this you must save the de current constants after de current calibration and exit calibration then resume calibration This de current calibration procedure shows how to save exit and resume calibration Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Table 3 8 Test Equipment Necessary for DC Current Calibration Cay manare moa O OOO caa To calibrate the de current function 1 On the Fluke 8508A put a 4 wire short Fluke PN 2540973 across the HI and LO input and sense terminals Push DCV then INPUT and then ZERO FUNC Allow the zero function to finish Make sure that the UUT is in standby Set the 8508A to measure dc voltage Connect the 8508A and 742A 1k Resistance Standard to the UUT as shown in Figure 3 6 A a 997 ba 6 On the first de current calibration point in Table 3 9 let the output become stable record the 8508A voltage measurement and compute the UUT current output with the certified resistance value of the 742A 7 Type in the calculated value into the UUT 8 Continue to the subsequent calibration point make sure that the UUT is in standby and disconnect the 742A 9 Do steps 3 through 6 again with the resistance standard or current shunt specified for each calibration point in Table 3 9 10 Exit calibration and save the calibration constants that were changed so far with the front panel menus or the CAL_STORE remote command Table 3 9 DC Current Calibratio
153. e in the tolerance column of the table 7 62 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification Table 7 23 Pulse Width Verification Function Range Nominal Value Measured Value High Limit 2 ms Period 40 00 ns 40 000 Po dq 36 00 44 00 Pulse Period Verification This procedure uses PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a pulse period verification 1 2 3 4 en Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 7 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Pulse menu shown in the display Push on the Calibrator Set the PM 6680 to the measure period on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to the channel A input of the PM 6680 Set the Calibrator to the pulse width and period shown in Table 7 24 Set the voltage to 2 5V Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable and then record the period measurement in Table 7 24 Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 7 24 Pulse Period Verification Function Range Nominal Value Measured Value High Limit 2 us Period 4 00 ns 4 000 20 us Period 4 00 ns 4 000 200 us Period 4 00 ns 4 000 2 ms Period 40 00 ns 40 000 MeasZ Resistance Verification The verification procedure for the MeasZ Resistance
154. e low frequency calibration 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the wideband input of the 5790A See the Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness section for more information Push the GO ON softkey Find the 50 kHZ reference e Let the 5790A measurement become stable e Push the 5790A Set Ref softkey Push the 5790A Clear Ref softkey to clear the reference if necessary Push the GO ON softkey Adjust the amplitude with the front panel knob of the Calibrator until the 5790A reference deviation equals the 50 kHz reference 1000 ppm Do steps 2 through 6 again until Calibrator shows that the reference frequency is 10 MHz Continue with the high frequency calibration High Frequency Calibration To do the high frequency calibration 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the power meter and power sensor See the Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness section for more information Push the GO ON softkey Find the 10 MHZ reference e Push the power meter SHIFT Key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to type in the cal factor of the power sensor Make sure the factor is correct then push the ENTER key on the power meter e Let the power meter measurement become stable e Push the power meter REL key Push the GO ON softkey Push the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to set the Cal Factor of the power sensor for the frequency shown in the Calibra
155. e reserves the right to invoice Buyer for importation costs of repair replacement parts when product purchased in one country is submitted for repair in another country Fluke s warranty obligation is limited at Fluke s option to refund of the purchase price free of charge repair or replacement of a defective product which is returned to a Fluke authorized service center within the warranty period To obtain warranty service contact your nearest Fluke authorized service center to obtain return authorization information then send the product to that service center with a description of the difficulty postage and insurance prepaid FOB Destination Fluke assumes no risk for damage in transit Following warranty repair the product will be returned to Buyer transportation prepaid FOB Destination If Fluke determines that failure was caused by neglect misuse contamination alteration accident or abnormal condition of operation or handling including overvoltage failures caused by use outside the product s specified rating or normal wear and tear of mechanical components Fluke will provide an estimate of repair costs and obtain authorization before commencing the work Following repair the product will be returned to the Buyer transportation prepaid and the Buyer will be billed for the repair and return transportation charges FOB Shipping Point THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
156. e supplied with the SC1100 To do a leveled sine wave frequency verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 7 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu shown in the display Set the PM 6680 to the measure frequency function with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 Q impedance Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the PM 6680 channel shown in Table 7 16 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as shown in Table 7 16 Set the Calibrator output to the parameters shown in Table 7 16 Push opr Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable and then record the frequency measurement in Table 7 16 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification Table 7 16 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification 5 5 V p p Frequency Calibrator PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 Frequency Measurement Tolerance 50 kHz 0 125 Hz Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification This procedure uses Hewlett Packard 8590A Spectrum Analyzer BNC f to Type N m adapter Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification 1 SO ll Oy ay oe eos Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 10 HP 8590A 5522A SC1100 5522A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX SCOPE VA ERTD AMSENSEAUXV OUT SC1100 BNC F Ca
157. e supplied with the SC600 To do an Edge Frequency Verification 1 2 3 4 tn oS UN Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 7 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the edge menu shown in the display Push on the Calibrator Set the FUNCTION of the PM 6680 to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 impedance and filter off Connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator to channel A of the PM 6680 with the output cable Set the Calibrator to output 2 5 V at each frequency shown in Table 6 11 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable Record the PM 6680 measurement for each frequency shown in Table 6 11 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 11 Table 6 11 Edge Frequency Verification Calibrator Frequency output PM 6680 Measurement Tolerance 2 5 V p p Frequency 6 32 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Table 6 11 Edge Frequency Verification cont Calibrator Frequency output PM 6680 Measurement Tolerance 2 5 V p p Frequency Edge Duty Cycle Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do an Edge Duty Cycle Verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 7 2 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the edge menu shown in the display 3 Push on the Calibrator 4 Set the FUNCTION o
158. ecifications Dual Output Mode Only 8 5 AC Current Specifications LCOMP OFF sereia 8 5 AC Current Specifications LCOMP OFF continued oooooccnonnnonnnonnconncinnoos 8 6 AC Current Specifications LCOMP ONE ereta 8 6 Flicker Simulation Mode cccccsccssscsssceseceeeceeeeceseeeseecaeecsaeeasecsaecnseeneenaeeaes 8 7 Sags amp Swells Simulation Mode ccccccecsceesseesceestecsecetecneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenees 8 7 Phase Specifications Sinewave Outputs ooooooocnoonnonnconnconnconncon ccoo nono noconoconocnos 8 7 Theory of Operation ccccccccssscesecessceseceseceeeceeseeeeeeeseceseeeseecseecsaecsecnseeeseeeaeenes 8 7 DDS Assembly O issues iramae aena e an L As aae DaS a 8 8 Main CPU Assembly A9 0 cecccccccesccessceesceeseesceeeseeeseecseecsaeesaecsaeceteenseenaeeees 8 8 Maintenance st aa rss envia dana Rida CRE da cian lea AR sata a at 8 8 Equipment Necessary for PQ Option Calibration and Verification 8 8 Performance Verification Tests ccccsccssccssecsssceseceseceeeeesseeeeeceecaecnseenseenseenes 8 9 Delta Amplitude Verification ccccccccscesseeeseeeseeeeeeeeceecnsecsseenseceeenseeees 8 9 Composite Harmonics Verification ccccccccssecssecetecesecesecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneesses 8 10 Calibration messias parta do lhe ON 8 20 Normal ACG Voltage o criollas ici tide caacecaaeul coulis ca isa bee Serra Gas SE 8 21 AUX ACC uia ist cave getdate erates
159. ecsseeseeeeeeeeeeesseesneenaes 3 8 3 4 Thermocouple Source Calibration Connections cccccsccescessceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 9 3 5 Thermocouple Measure Calibration Connections 3 10 3 6 DC Current Calibration Connections ccceccceesseesseeteceseceseceseenseeeeeeseeeseeeeeneeenes 3 11 3 7 AC Current Calibration with Fluke A40 Shunt Connections ccceecesseeseees 3 12 3 8 AC Current Calibration with Fluke A40A Shunt Connection ooococnnocninnninnnnonnnnnos 3 14 3 9 Sample MET CAL Program cccecccecseesseesceenceesceessecaecesecesecnseesseeseeeseeeeeeeenneenaes 3 15 3 10 4 Wire Resistance Connection cccecccecscesscesseesseessecsecesecesecnseeeseeeeeneeeseneenneeeaes 3 20 3 11 Scaling the DMM to a Fluke 742A occ ccceccseescecseessecnsecesecnseeeseceeeeseeeeereesneeenes 3 20 3 12 2 Wire Resistance Connection cccceccccesceesceeseesseesseceeceaecesecnseesseeseeeseeeseeeeeneenaes 3 21 3 13 Scaling the DMM to a Guideline 9334 oo cc eccccscesseceteceteceeceeceecseeeseeeeeseeeneeeaes 3 21 3 14 Capacitance Calibration Connection ccccccecscessseesseescesseceeceseeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneenses 3 23 3 15 Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Verification Connection ooococococonnnonnnanonnnos 3 23 3 16 Volts and Current Phase Verification Connection 3 24 3 17 AC Current Verification Connections with a Metal Film Resistor 3 299 mA and LOWeEL cccccesccesscessceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseecseeesaecsse
160. eenseenseenaeens 7 34 Edge Rise Time Verification cccccccccsssccessceesceesceseeeeseeeseeeeeeaecssecssecneesaeeeaeenes 7 37 Edge Aberrations tii AAA AA A A ib 7 38 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification oooonnnonnnnnnncnonnconnconncnnnoconocnocnocoos 7 39 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification ooonoconnnninnnnnonconnconnconcnnnnoconoconocononoos 7 40 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification ocooonoccnoocnoonnoonconnconncon ccoo nono noconoconnnnos 7 41 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification ccoo noconocnoconncos 7 42 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 Wenconnnonnoninninccnoncnonnconnconnoconocnocnonns 7 46 High Frequency Flatness Verification ccccccsccesscesscesseessecseeessecssecsecneeneeeaeenes 7 48 Time Marker Verification sia pras rastos de cssneentds avast cota Tiso de nas a Sa ada atada 7 57 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ ccccscsseceteceteceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeteeetees 7 59 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Q ooconccnnnccinccnonononoconoconaconncnnnonononan nono nono conocio 7 61 Contents continued s Pulse Width METI CAMION steak Seed soi A aoe aes Bonds aoa 7 63 Pulse Period Verification coooocconononoconononcnononananononanononnnnnonocnnnnonoononnnonananonorananenonon 7 63 lt MeasZ Resistance Verification siret rE 7 64 MeasZ Capacitance Verification cccccceccccsssessseesseessecseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteeessees 7 65 SC600 Calibration and Verifica
161. efault is same as primary unit Response 1 Float 90 day specified uncertainty of primary output 2 Float 1 year specified uncertainty of primary output 3 Character unit of primary output uncertainty 4 Float 90 day specified uncertainty of secondary output 5 Float 1 year specified uncertainty of secondary output 6 Character unit of secondary output uncertainty Example With a power output of 1V 1A 1kHz UNCERT Sends 2 00E 02 2 10E 02 PCT 4 60E 02 6 00E 02 PCT How to Make a Calibration Report Three different calibration reports are available from the Calibrator each one formatted to print or in comma separated variable format for importation into a spreadsheet Use the REPORT SETUP softkey below UTILITY FUNCTS CAL to select lines per page calibration interval type of report format and which serial port to use The specification shown in these reports is contingent on the interval set in the REPORT SETUP menu The three report types are e stored lists output shifts as a result of the most recent stored calibration constants e active lists output shifts as a result of a calibration just performed but whose calibration constants are not yet stored e consts which is a listing of the active set of raw calibration constant values Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Performance Verification Tests The tests that follow are used to verify the performance
162. ent Assembly AT licita A A tds 2 6 Voltage Assembly AB erre nooo nora nono nono nono n ono nncan a r rana nano 2 7 Main CPU Assembly AD eee reeereeeaceracarerarnerenarenaranaran s 2 7 Power SUPPlIES ccstessccedaeicacesatancecdedesaceetteeantsaesbeededensadageabsaedetaaahesPaubendsevageeds 2 8 Outguard Supplies unta ita 2 8 Inguard Supplies erre cera cono a E ENER EA E E AREG 2 8 Calibration and Verification cccccessseceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeseeneneeeeeees 3 1 Introduction naa aa 3 3 Equipment Necessary for Calibration and VerlficatiOM oooooconcnnnnnnncnnonn 3 3 Calibration acesa Sasesensohentetens tease stun E A e 3 4 Start Calibracion orleans aE E TPE ASEARA 3 5 DC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output eee 3 5 DC Volts Calibration 30 V de and Above 3 6 AC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output ccooonoconoonnoonconnconnconnonnnononoconocinonnns 3 7 Thermocouple Function Calibration cccccecscessecsteceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenses 3 8 DC Current Calibration iina ai a A 3 10 AC Current CalibratiOn caes een e dd acid 3 11 DC Volts Calibration AUX Output nono ncnnncnnonononnnnnnnos 3 17 AC Volts Calibration AUX OutpUb ooooonoconocnnoconocnnooncnonononocancon nono noconocononnos 3 17 Resistance Calibration ccccccccssccsseesseessecsceessecnsecesecesecnseensecseeeseeeeeeeenaeenaes 3 18 Capacitance Calibration ccccccccssccssecessceseceeceseceecseeeseeeeeseseseeeseeeeeenaeeaaes 3 21
163. ent and the ratio of the charge time to the charge voltage At Av C I A measurement procedure for capacitance is to apply a known current across the capacitor and measure the voltage change for a known time interval Table 3 29 Necessary Test Equipment for High Value Capacitance Measurements tai Je men Computer control of the instruments can remove the uncertainties found with manual control Note For this procedure the amplitude of the current is chosen to limit compliance voltage across the capacitor under test to lt 3 V for the charge interval of 10 seconds Refer to Table 3 28 for the dc current that is necessary for each capacitance value to be verified For less uncertainty 1t is recommended that this procedure be done with computer control See Figure 3 17 for an example Visual Basic program If you wish to do this verification manually the HP 3458A DMM can be programmed from its front panel to give the necessary timing and measurement storage Please refer to the documentation for the HP 3458A for more information To measure high end capacitance 1 Connect the Fluke 5700A 5522A HP 3458A DMM and computer as shown in 3 43 5522A Service Manual 3 44 Figure 3 16 See Table 3 29 for the necessary equipment 2 Lock the HP 3458A in the 10 V dc range 95 Set up the meter to make 100 samples at 1 ms aperture width and a 100 ms sweep for a total of 10 seconds on a trigger command Type in the capac
164. ents the HP 3458A is in DCV manual range with level triggering enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the front panel of the HP 3458A is to put these parameters into some of the user defined keys For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you set the DMM to NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 DELAY 0002 TRIG LEVEL To find the average of multiple measurements you can set one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Refer to Figure 7 4 for the correct connections DC Voltage Calibration 7 18 This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e BNC BNC cable Note AC voltage calibration is necessary for dc voltage calibration See Figure 7 4 for the correct equipment connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode DC Voltage section To calibrate DC Voltage 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Push the GO ON softkey 4 Make sure the HP 3458A measurement is 0 0 V DC 10 uV If not adjust R121 on A41 R121 is a square one turn pot and has a mark on the PCA near Q29 Push the GO ON softkey 6 Calibration voltages 33 V and higher automatically put the Calibrator output in
165. eo Bandwidth 3 kHz e Reference level 20 dBm Use the Peak Search function of the spectrum analyzer to find the reference signal The spectrum analyzer will show the fundamental and second and third harmonics The harmonics must be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 40 dBc and the third harmonic is typically at 50 dBc as shown in Figure 7 17 Adjust R8 until the peaks of the second and third harmonics are at the correct dB level Note As you adjust it is possible the second harmonic will be at 40 dBc but the third harmonic is not at 50 dBc Continue to adjust R8 The second harmonic will change but there is a point at which the harmonics will be at the correct decibel level SC1100 Calibration Option T SC1100 Hardware Adjustments 2nd harmonic 3rd harmonic om051f eps Figure 7 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjustment How to Adjust the Aberrations for the Edge Function You must do the adjustment procedure after you repair the edge function Note To make sure the edge aberrations are set to national standards you must send the Calibrator to Fluke or other company that has traceability for aberrations Fluke has a reference pulse that is sent to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST for characterization This data is then sent to high speed sampling heads which are used to adjust and verify the SC1100 Equipment Setup This procedure uses Oscilloscope Tektr
166. er defined keys For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you set the DMM to NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 DELAY 0002 TRIG LEVEL To find the average of multiple measurements you can set one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Refer to Figure 6 4 for the correct connections DC Voltage Calibration 6 16 This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 Note AC voltage calibration is necessary for dc voltage calibration See Figure 6 4 for the correct equipment connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode DC Voltage section To calibrate DC Voltage 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Push the GO ON softkey 4 Make sure the HP 3458A measurement is 0 0 V DC 10 uV If not adjust R121 on A41 R121 is a square one turn pot and has a mark on the PCA near Q29 5 Push the GO ON softkey 6 Calibration voltages 33 V and higher automatically put the Calibrator output in standby When this occurs push on the Calibrator to output the signal Let the SC600 Calibration Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions HP 3458A DC voltage measurement become stab
167. erface to print or transfer internally stored calibration constants and for remote control of the 5522A e Pass through RS 232 serial data interface to communicate with the Unit Under Test UUT Safety Information This Calibrator complies with ANSI ISA 61010 1 82 02 01 CAN CSA C22 2 No 61010 1 04 ANSI UL 61010 1 2004 EN 61010 1 2001 A Warning identifies conditions and procedures that are dangerous to the user A Caution identifies conditions and procedures that can cause damage to the Product or the equipment under test Symbols used in this manual and on the Product are explained in Table 1 1 Table 1 1 Symbols IEC Measurement Category CAT is for measurements not directly connected to mains Maximum transient Overvoltage is as specified by terminal markings Conforms to relevant North American Safety Standards Do not dispose of this product as Conforms to European Union unsorted municipal waste Go to directives Fluke s website for recycling information Rick of Danger Important information AAWarning To prevent possible electrical shock fire or personal injury e Read all safety Information before you use the Product e Do not use the Product if it operates incorrectly e Replace the mains power cord if the insulation is damaged or if the insulation shows signs of wear Introduction and Specifications 1 Overload Protection e Do not touch voltages gt 30 V ac rms 42 V ac peak or 60
168. ete in the display push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants 7 25 5522A Service Manual Verification Do a verification of all Oscilloscope Calibration functions a minimum of one time each year or when the SC1100 is calibrated The verification procedures in this section supply traceable results The factory uses different procedures and instruments of higher precision than those shown in this manual The procedures in this manual let you verify the SC1100 at your site if necessary Fluke recommends you send the Calibrator to Fluke for calibration and verification All equipment used to do a verification on the SC1100 must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be kept and operated in their specified operation environment It is also important to make sure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up before you start verification Refer to the operation manual for each piece of equipment for more information Before you start verification look at all of the procedures to make sure you have the resources to do them Table 7 4 is a list of the SC1100 functions and verification methods Table 7 4 Verification Methods for SC1100 Functions ren TO veces Edge frequency duty cycle rise Procedure supplied in this manual time Tunnel Diode Pulser amplitude Procedure supplied in this manual See the Voltage and Edge Calibration and Verification section to
169. f the PM 6680 to measure duty cycle on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off Connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator to channel A of the PM 6680 with the output cable 6 Set the Calibrator to output 2 5 V at 1 MHz 7 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable tn 8 Compare to the duty cycle measurement to 50 5 Edge Rise Time Verification This verification is a test of the rise time of the edge function Aberrations are also examined This procedure uses e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e Output cable supplied with the SC600 e Second BNC cable To do an edge rise time verification 1 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to one of the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and then to the sampling head of the DSO through the 3 dB attenuator 2 Use the second BNC cable with the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter attached to connect the TRIG OUT of the Calibrator to the trigger input of the DSO See Figure 6 8 6 33 5522A Service Manual 5522A SC600 3 dB Attenuator 5 3 5 mm m f WOE dba E Tek 11801 With SD26 Sampling Head HI as Ke as MAX MAX Lo 204 RMS M BNC F to 3
170. ge AUX Output cont 1 Set the Normal output to 300 mV AC Current Verification Make sure the Calibrator outputs the current between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 27 Use the UUT dc current function that was verified before as the de current source to make ac dc current transfers with the 5790A Use the shunt values in Table 3 26 See Figure 3 15 for the correct equipment connections For ranges 19 mA to 2 A refer to Figure 3 7 For more than 2 A refer to Figure 3 8 for the setup connections Table 3 26 Shunt Values for AC Current Verification O to 329 000 uA 1 kQ metal film resistor in a shielded box 1 9 mA to 3 29990 mA 200 Q metal film resistor in a shielded box 3 38 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 26 Shunt Values for AC Current Verification cont Rane overtone me ve Shunk 5790A FLUKE 5790A Sherer Metal film resistor in enclosure INPUT 1 A INPUT2 wax 1000 RMS MA La Set 5790A to external guard gjh130 eps Figure 3 15 AC Current Verification Connections with a Metal Film Resistor 3 299 mA and Lower Table 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current mes owp trees cowie Wann 3 39 5522A Service Manual Table 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current cont aoe wwe trees cowie Wahine 3 40 Calibra
171. gelock the HP 3458A to the 1000 V range 5 Record the high and low measurements and calculate the delta V 6 Compare the calculated delta V with the value in the Specification column of Table 8 3 8 9 5522A Service Manual Table 8 3 Delta Amplitude Verification Flicker Condition Calibrator Output ae psam Seat petty 20 raso mom 0172 230 090 azs0omiz 0172 230 are s2500mHe 0172 20 726 some 0172 Composite Harmonics Verification Tables 8 4 refers to waveform descriptions in this manual and those waveforms that are made in the composite harmonics mode Note All tests must be done with the 55224 EARTH key turned on Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification Verification Tests for AC F dame t l Amplitude Specification Specification Voltage i V V deg e EM 9 00E 5 BE 100 0 o 0 03000 9 00E 5 100 0 o 0 03000 9 00E 5 100 0 EM 0 03000 9 00E 5 PQ Calibration Option 8 Performance Verification Tests Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude Specification Specification Fundamental Voltage V V deg mama fazom m oeo asnos __ wae oon ono fowo fscupatfozsv gt fox o pre os e peos o fonza foose o e foon o fosso ow os is foon o fosso ow os e foo o foreo foose os o foro owm os o onzo 0o00 o fonao 00005 o onzo 0o00 o fonao 00
172. he 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 6 Set the Calibrator to output the wave type and voltage shown in Table 6 22 Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 22 8 Multiply the rms measurement by the conversion factor in Table 6 22 to convert the measurement to a peak to peak value 9 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error 10 Compare the result to the value in the tolerance column Table 6 21 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ 5790A Calibrator 5790A Measurement Calibrator Conversion x Wave Type Output Measurement Factor x Conversion Tolerance V p p YPe 10 kHz V rms Factor V p p 6 47 5522A Service Manual 6 48 Table 6 21 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ cont 5790A z Calibrator 5790A A Measurement Calibrator Conversion z Wave Type Output Measurement Factor x Conversion Tolerance V p p YP 10 kHz V rms Factor V p p ane few E OO CT ore emu fem CC fare ET E itn S Twenge vem feen O CCT we oem fu fome EM oom feen CTA Twenge eow feen CT we eow fu n me fov fame CCT CEM f EI O e Table 6 22 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Q 5790A Calibrator Calibrator 5790A E Measuremen
173. he OPTIONS softkey Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until connect a 50 Q resistor shows in the display 4 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to BNC f connector attached to the 50 Q resistor Push the GO ON softkey 7 Type in the 50 2 resistance Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be necessary 8 When instructed by the Calibrator disconnect the 50 Q resistance and connect the 1 MQ resistance to the end of the output cable 9 Push the GO ON softkey 10 Type in the actual 1 MQ resistance 11 When instructed for the first reference capacitor by the Calibrator disconnect the 1 MQ resistance and leave nothing attached to the end of the output cable 12 Push the GO ON softkey 13 Enter 0 14 When prompted for the second reference capacitor by the Calibrator connect the 50 pF capacitance to the end of the output cable 15 Push the GO ON blue softkey 16 Type in the actual 50 pF capacitance 17 When the Calibrator shows calibration is complete in the display push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants 6 23 5522A Service Manual Verification Do a verification of
174. her or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be necessary 7 Do step 4 again until the Calibrator shows that the subsequent steps calibrate WAVGEN Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants Wave Generator Calibration This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To calibrate the wave generator 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until WAVEGEN Cal shows in the display 3 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 7 19 5522A Service Manual 4 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0002 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step 6 For each calibration step get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC1100 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements sec
175. i 7 59 Pulse Width Verification ymn e R Ra aiae 7 62 Pulse Period Verification oeenn nren e E a E EE 7 63 MeasZ Resistance Verification ccccccccsscesssesseeeseeeseeeseeeseeesecsseceeeeeenaeenes 7 63 MeasZ Capacitance Verification errar ncon ccoo nono nono noconnnns 7 64 Overload Function VerlfiCatiON oooconnonnnonncnnncnnonncnncconoconocono cnn nrnnrrnnrrnnnnnnos 7 65 SC1100 Hardware AdjuStMENtS ooooococococonononanonnnonnnon ccoo nono nono nono noc nn cnnn naar ranas 7 66 Necessary Equipment srei evan hotsantia Na dectdved tees anna A a a a aaa 7 66 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Function ccccsccsscsteceteeeteeeteeees 7 67 Equipment Setup 0 ct ia as 7 67 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance 7 67 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics c cccsceeseeteeeseeees 7 68 How to Adjust the Aberrations for the Edge Function 7 69 Equipment UD daa 7 69 How to Adjust the Edge Aberrations oooooocnnoniooonoonconnconcconccon nono noconocnnncos 7 70 8 PQ Calibration Qpton iii 8 1 o A O anota ba Salem a AER 8 3 PQ Options Specifications cccccesccescessceseceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeceecssecssecnecneeneenes 8 3 Composite Harmonic Function Specifications c cccccesccessceeeeeeesseeeeeeses 8 3 AC Voltage Specifications 0 ccccccccsseessecseesseesecsseceseceeeeeeeeseeeseeeaeecseeesaees 8 4 AC Voltage Auxiliary Sp
176. ibration is complete Push the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION softkeys until Set up to measure leveled sine flatness shows in the display Low Frequency Calibration To do the low frequency calibration 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the wideband input of the 57904 See the Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness section to learn more Push the GO ON softkey Find the 50 kHZ reference e Letthe 5790A measurement become stable e Push the 5790A Set Ref softkey Push the 5790A Clear Ref softkey to clear the reference if necessary Push the GO ON softkey Adjust the amplitude with the front panel knob of the Calibrator until the 5790A reference deviation equals the 50 kHz reference 1000 ppm Do steps 2 through 6 again until Calibrator shows that the reference frequency is 10 MHz Continue with the high frequency calibration High Frequency Calibration To do the high frequency calibration 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the power meter and power sensor See the Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness section to learn more Push the GO ON softkey Find the 10 MHZ reference e Push the power meter SHIFT Key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to type in the cal factor of the power sensor Make sure the factor is correct then push the ENTER key on the power meter e Let the power meter measurement become stable e Push the power meter REL key Push the GO O
177. ieger e a eae a aa O A Ea EE E a 4 7 How to Do Diagnostic Tests ccccccsccesscessceseeeseeeseeeseecseceseceseenseeneeeseeeeeneennes 4 7 How to Test the Front Panel nono noconoconocnnn ran nrnanannnos 4 7 Complete List of Error Messages ccccccssscsssceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseens 4 8 5522A Service Manual 4 2 Maintenance 4 Introduction Introduction The Calibrator is a high performance instrument and it is not recommended that the user repair the boards to the component level It is easy to introduce a subtle long term stability problem when you touch the boards Access procedures are supplied for those who must replace a defective module Access Procedure Use the procedures in this section to remove Analog modules Main Central Processing Unit CPU A9 Rear Panel Module transformer and ac line input components Filter PCA A12 Encoder A2 and display assemblies Keyboard PCA and thermocouple I O pca Remove Analog Modules To remove the Voltage A8 Current A7 DDS A6 or Synthesized Impedance A5 modules 1 Remove eight Phillips screws from the top cover 2 Remove the top cover 3 Remove eight Phillips screws form the guard box cover The locations of the analog modules are printed on the guard box cover 4 Lift off the guard box cover with the finger pull on the rear edge of the cover 5 Release the board edge locks on the analog module to be removed 6 Lif
178. ification 220 0 to 399 9 pF 0 38 10 pF 0 5 10 pF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 10 kHz 20 kHz 40 kHz 0 4 to 1 0999 nF 0 38 0 01 nF 0 5 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 10 kHz 30 kHz 50 kHz 1 1 to 3 2999 nF 0 38 0 01 nF 0 5 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 3 kHz 30 kHz 50 kHz 3 3 to 10 9999 nF 0 19 0 01 nF 0 25 0 01 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 20 kHz 25 kHz 11 to 32 9999 nF 0 19 0 1 nF 0 25 0 1 nF 0 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 33 to 109 999 nF 0 19 0 1 nF 0 25 0 1 nF 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 110 to 329 999 nF 0 19 0 3 nF 0 25 0 3 nF 1 pF 10 Hz to 1 kHz 2 5 kHz 3 5 kHz 0 33 to 1 09999 uF 0 19 1 nF 0 25 1 nF 10 pF 10 to 600 Hz 1 5 kHz 2 kHz 3 ee 0 19 3 nF 0 25 3 nF 10 pF 10 to 300 Hz 800 Hz 1 kHz 3 3 to 10 9999 uF 0 19 10 nF 0 25 10 nF 100 pF 10 to 150 Hz 450 Hz 650 Hz 11 to 32 9999 uF 0 30 30 nF 0 40 30 nF 100 pF 10 to 120 Hz 250 Hz 350 Hz 33 to 109 999 uF 0 34 100 nF 0 45 100 nF 1 nF 10 to 80 Hz 150 Hz 200 Hz 110 to 329 999 uF 0 34 300 nF 0 45 300 nF 1 nF 0 to 50 Hz 80 Hz 120 Hz 0 33 to 1 09999 mF 0 34 1 uF 0 45 1 uF 10 nF 0 to 20 Hz 45 Hz 65 Hz 3 oes 0 34 3 uF 0 45 3 uF 10 nF 0 to 6 Hz 30 Hz 40 Hz 3 3 to 10 9999 mF 0 34 10 uF 0 45 10 uF 100 nF 0 to 2 Hz 15 Hz 20 Hz 32 ance 0 7 30 uF 0 75 30 uF 100 nF 0 to 0 6 Hz 7 5 Hz 10 Hz E 1 0 100 uF 1 1 100 uF 10 uF O to 0 2 Hz 3 Hz 5 Hz 1 The output is continuously variable from 220 pF to 110 mF 2 Specifications apply to both dc charge discharge
179. ime Marker Mod e cecceeccesesseeescesecsceeceesecaceeaeeseceaesaeseeaecaeeeneeaecaeeneeneed 6 7 Wave Generator Mode eccecessseesceseceeeseesececeeeeeeeceaeeaeseeeeaecaeeeneeaecaeeaeeneed 6 8 Input Impedance Mode Resistance cccccsscsseceteceseceseceeeceeeeseeeeneeesneenaes 6 8 Input Impedance Mode Capacitance eres 6 8 OUTAT CN LO S aR AEE E AAA E 6 8 Equipment Necessary for SC600 Calibration and Verification 6 10 Calibration Stupid pe SLI aa ai ea E eas 6 13 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 6 14 Overview of HP3458A Operation c ie eeeeereerererererenerearanos 6 14 Voltage Square Wave Measurement Setup cccesccesccessceeeceeeeseeeeeeeesneenaes 6 14 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Setup oocooccocccocnnionnconnnnos 6 15 DC Voltage Calibration cccccccccccsseceseceseceseceeeceeecseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseecseenasenaeenas 6 16 AC Voltage Calibration 0 cccecccccccessescseesseesseessecssecesecnsecnseeneeseeeeseeesaeeaaees 6 17 Wave Generator Calibration eee 6 17 5522A Service Manual Edge Amplitude Calibration cccccccccssccsseestecsteceeceeceseeseeseeeeeeeeneeeeneennes 6 18 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 6 18 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration 6 19 Low Frequency Calibration cccccccccscecseesseceteceeceeceeceeeseeeseeesseeeeneennes 6
180. imits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be necessary 12 Do step 10 and 11 again until the Calibrator shows that the subsequent steps calibrate Leveled Sine flatness Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants gt P a gjh103 eps Figure 7 5 Calibrator to 5790A AC Measurement Standard Connections Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration Leveled Sine Wave flatness calibration is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Flatness calibration of the low frequency band is made 7 21 5522A Service Manual 7 22 relative to 50 kHz Flatness calibration of the high frequency band is made relative to 10 MHz Leveled Sine Wave flatness is calibrated at multiple amplitudes The low and high frequency bands are calibrated at each amplitude Calibration starts with the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the first amplitude followed by the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the second amplitude and so on until the flatness cal
181. ion only For 2 WIRE and 2 WIRE COMP add an additional amount to the floor specification as calculated by 5 uV divided by the stimulus current in amps For example in 2 WIRE mode at 1 KQ the floor specification within 12 hours of an ohms zero cal for a measurement current of 1 mA is 0 002 Q 5 uV 1 mA 0 002 0 005 Q 0 007 Q 3 For currents lower than shown the floor adder increases by Floor new Floor old x Imin lactual For example a 50 uA stimulus measuring 100 Q has a floor specification of 0 0014 Q x 1 mA 50 pA 0 028 Q assuming an ohms zero calibration within 12 hours Introduction and Specifications Detailed Specifications 1 AC Voltage Sine Wave Absolute Uncertainty Max Distortion and tcal 5 C Noise Range Frequency ppm of output uV Resolution ae aa 90 days 1 year of output floor Normal Output 10 Hz to 45 Hz 600 6 800 6 0 15 90 uV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 120 6 150 6 0 035 90 uV 1 0 mV to 10 kHz to 20 kHz 160 6 200 6 0 06 90 uV 32 999 mV 20 kHz to 50 kHz 800 6 1000 6 Tipy a 0 15 90 uV 50 kHz to 100 kHz 3000 12 3500 12 0 25 90 uV 100 kHz to 500 kHz 6000 50 8000 50 0 3 90 uv 10 Hz to 45 Hz 250 8 300 8 0 15 90 uV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 140 8 145 8 0 035 90 uV 33 mV to 10 kHz to 20 kHz 150
182. is 190 ppm 2 mV totaling 100 V x 190 x 10 19 mV added to 2 mV 21 mV Expressed in percent 21 mV 100 V x 100 0 021 see AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 Ais 0 05 100 uA totaling 1 Ax 0 0005 500 uA added to 100 uA 0 6 mA Expressed in percent 0 6 mA 1 A x 100 0 06 see AC Current Sine Waves Specifications PF Adder Watts Adder for PF 1 0 at 60 Hz is 0 see Phase Specifications Total Watts Output Uncertainty Upower 40 021 0 067 0 0 064 Example 2 Output 100 V 1 A 400 Hz Power Factor 0 5 D 60 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 400 Hz is 190 ppm 2 mV totaling 100 V x 190 x 10 19 mV added to 2 mV 21 mV Expressed in percent 21 mV 100 V x 100 0 021 see AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 Ais 0 05 100 pA totaling 1 Ax 0 0005 500 uA added to 100 uA 0 6 mA Expressed in percent 0 6 mA 1 A x 100 0 06 see AC Current Sine Waves Specifications PF Adder Watts Adder for PF 0 5 60 at 400 Hz is 0 76 see Phase Specifications 1 21 5522A Service Manual 1 22 Total Watts Output Uncertainty Upower 0 0212 0 06 0 76 0 76 VARs When the Power Factor approaches 0 0 the Watts output uncertainty becomes unrealistic because the dominant characteristic is the VARs volts amps reactive output In these case
183. is 7 34 Edge Duty Cycle Verification ccccccecscecsseesteesteseeceeecseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeaeesaees 7 35 Edge Rise Time Verification eee eeeeererenererareareraeeaneraneraneea 7 35 Edged Aberration Verification ccccccscccssecssecseeceteceeceeeneceseeeseeneeenseeaees 7 37 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification cccccsseesseetteetteetees 7 38 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification ooococcionnnnnnnccnnocnnncnonnnonnnonn ccoo noo 7 39 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification cccccsceesceesesteeseeeseeeteeeseees 7 40 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification 7 41 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification ooonooononnnooonocnnoonnnonnnnnnonnnonncrnnnconnoos 7 43 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness oooooocccninccnoconocnonononnncnnnoo 7 43 Equipment Setup for High Frequency FlatnesSS oooconcnicinnnncnncnncnnnncncnnnons 7 44 Low Frequency Verification cccccccscecsseeseceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseecseesneeessees 7 45 High Frequency Verification ccccccecssecssecsteceteceneceseeeseseeeeseeeeeeseeensees 7 46 Time Marker Verifications eene eiee gei E EE Eika 7 57 Wave Generator Verification ccccccscccssecssecssecssecesceeecseeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeneeesees 7 58 Wave Generator Verification Setup oooonoocionononononcconoconoconananonnn nono ncon ccoo noo 7 58 Verification at CMO ri id 7 58 N erification at 500 it A A Ains 7 59 Pulse Width
184. itance on the Calibrator Push opr Type in the predetermined DCI level on the 5700A Set the 5700A to Operate When the remote status indicator on the Calibrator shows a stable condition your computer program will start the HP 3458A measurement sequence Sense the voltage at the Calibrator output A oe 8 At the end of the measurement set the 5700A to Standby and then retrieve the data from the HP 3458A Note If you operate manually and you do not push the 5700A Standby key in a timely manner the 5522A or 5700A will go to Standby This is because of an overload condition This will have no effect on the measurements made for the 10 second measurement period 9 The capacitance is calculated as the product of the de current and the ratio of the time interval 10 seconds divided by Vinay Vitia L Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Current Source 5700A FLUKE 57004 CALIBRATOR PC GPIB Controller Synthesized Capacitance Standard 5522A HP 3458A Front gjh113 eps Figure 3 16 High Value Capacitance Measurement Setup 3 45 5522A Service Manual 3 46 Initial 3458 Set up errmsg gpibPut a 3458 TARM HOLD DCV 10 APER 1 0e 3 MEM FIFO SWEEP 0 1 100 END ALWAYS 5700 setup If range stp gt 002 Then ImF range with LCR Meter 3mF range with I charge 3458 has already been
185. kard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 e 50 Q feedthrough termination For dc voltage verification see Figure 6 4 for equipment connections Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu shown in the display 6 24 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Verification at 1 MQ To do a 1 MQ verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Make sure the Calibrator is set to 1 MQ The Output softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Set the Calibrator output to the voltage in Table 6 5 Push on the Calibrator Let the HP 3458A measurement become stable Record the HP 3458A measurement for each voltage in Table 6 5 LN ey a oa 8 Compare the result to the tolerance column Verification at 50 Q To do a 50 Q verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Make sure the Calibrator impedance is set to 50 Q The Output O softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Set the Calibrator output to the voltage in Table 6 6 Push on the Calibrator Let the HP 3458A measurement become stable
186. lated output for eight types of Resistance Temperature Detectors RTDs e Simulated output for eleven types of thermocouples SS o N TEM SSS A HA e A O E gt e E SS SQ SS gjh001 eps Figure 1 1 5522A Multi Product Calibrator Features of the Calibrator include e Calculates meter errors automatically with user selectable reference values and keys that change the output value to pre determined cardinal values for various functions e Programmable entry limits that prevent operator entries that are more than preset output limits e Output of voltage and current at the same time to a maximum equivalent of 20 9 kW e Pressure measurement when used with Fluke 700 Series pressure modules e 10 MHz reference input and output Use this to input a high accuracy 10 MHz 5522A Service Manual 1 4 reference to transfer the frequency accuracy to the 5522A or have one or more Calibrators that are synchronized to a master 5522A e Output of two voltages at the same time e Extended bandwidth mode outputs multiple waveforms down to 0 01 Hz and sine waves to 2 MHz e Variable phase signal output e Standard IEEE 488 GPIB interface that complies with ANSI IEEE Standards 488 1 1987 and 488 2 1987 e EIA Standard RS 232 serial data int
187. le Type in the measurement through the Calibrator keypad and then push enter Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier i e m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be necessary 7 Do step 6 again until the Calibrator shows that the subsequent steps calibrate ac voltage Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants AC voltage must be calibrated continue with the subsequent section AC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the same equipment and setup as DC Voltage calibration Refer to Figure 6 4 DC voltages are measured and typed in to the Calibrator to calibrate the AC Voltage function To calibrate the Calibrator for ac voltage 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until The next steps calibrate SC600 ACV shows in the display Push the GO ON softkey Let the HP 3485A voltage measurement become stable Type in the measurement through the keypad of the Calibrator Push enter Oe aes Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier i e m 4 n p If the warning continues repair may be necessa
188. libration with Fluke A40 Shunt Connections For each amplitude shown in Table 3 11 apply the equivalent positive and negative de current from the Calibrator Calculate the actual de characterization value with this formula value value 2 The time between the dc characterization of a current shunt and its use in the calibration procedure must be kept to a minimum To decrease this time each shunt is characterized immediately before you use it As the ac current calibration procedure is done it must be temporarily aborted each time a new shunt value is necessary After the shunt is characterized the calibration procedure is continued at the point immediately before An example of this procedure 1 Do the de current calibration procedure 2 In Table 3 11 select the first current shunt A40 10 mA 3 Doa dc characterization of the shunt at the amplitude specified in the table as demonstrated above 4 Do the ac current calibration procedure again and push the SKIP STEP softkey to go 5522A Service Manual 3 14 to the step s where shunt characterization is necessary 5 Set the Calibrator to OPERATE and measure the ac voltage across the shunt 6 Use the data collected in the de characterization with the ac correction factors supplied for the shunt by the manufacturer to calculate the ac current Type this value into the calibrator 7 Continue this procedure until you do all the steps in Table 3
189. lied with the SC600 e 50 Q feedthrough termination e Second BNC cable For ac voltage verification see Figure 6 3 for equipment connections Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu shown in the display 6 27 5522A Service Manual 6 28 Verification at 1 MQ To do a 1 MQ verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the TRIG OUT connector of the Calibrator to the EXT Trig connector on the rear panel of the HP3458A Make sure the Calibrator is set to 1 MQ The Output O softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ For ac voltage output at 1 kHz set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0007 for the top part of the waveform or topline measurement and 0012 for the lower part of the waveform or baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display Measure the topline first as shown in Table 6 7 For each measurement get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section for more information Measure the baseline of each out
190. ll typed in values are accepted the first time without the message 13 Do steps 7 through 12 again until the Calibrator instructs you to connect a resistor 14 Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants MeasZ Calibration 6 22 The MeasZ function is calibrated with resistors and a capacitor of known values The actual resistance and capacitance values are typed in while they are measured by the Calibrator The resistors and capacitor must make a solid connection to a BNC f to make a connection to the end of the output cable supplied with the SC600 The resistance and capacitance values must be known at this BNC f connector An HP 3458A DMM is used to make a 4 wire ohms measurement at the BNC f connector to find the actual resistance values An HP 4192A Impedance Analyzer at 10 MHz is used to find the actual capacitance value This procedure uses e Resistors of known values 1 MQ and 50 Q nominal e Adapters to connect resistors to the BNC f connector e Adapters and capacitor to get 50 pF nominal value at the end of the BNC f connector e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a MeasZ calibration 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 6 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 5522A SC600 5522A CALIBRATOR gjh107 eps Figure 6 6 MeasZ Calibration Connections 2 Push t
191. lse Function ccceceeceeseeeececeereeeeeeseeaeees 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function cesesceeceeseeteeneees 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 6 6 Trigger Signal Specifications ccccescceescsssceeeeessecseecnsecesecnseceeeneeeseeeeeneeenes 6 6 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications 6 6 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications 6 6 Overload Measurement Specifications cccccccssceseceseceseceeeceeeeeeeseeeseeeeees 6 7 Theory of Op ration senora ie e cagagsaacedgedeactaateah ci n 6 7 Voltage Modera E a tate anos 6 7 Edge Mod EE E A E A EEE 6 7 Leveled Sine Wave Mode 0 eceseessssseesceseeseeecesesseeeeceaecaeeeceesecaeeaeeeeenaeeatees 6 7 Time Mark er Mode t eirs antenes ana Re ia Tae RA pan bi aa ERAON TSE 6 7 Wave Generator Modes teesien onei eiea Di T cla gant Duas 6 8 Input Impedance Mode Resistance cccccsceesseesseesecseceeceeceseeeeseseeeeeneennes 6 8 Input Impedance Mode Capacitance cccccscecssecstecetecetecesecseeeseeeeseeeneeenaes 6 8 Overload Mode ssi imene eean e r OE teases E Te E e SAE 6 8 Equipment Necessary for SC600 Calibration and Verification 6 10 Calibration Setup ii a e a eaat 6 13 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Function
192. lt 1 V Compliance AC Current Triangle Wave Characteristics typical Linearity to 400 Hz Aberrations 0 3 of p p value from 10 to 90 point lt 1 of p p value with amplitude gt 50 of range 1 28 Chapter 2 Theory of Operation Title Page Jogo Lau ATO AEE AEAEE A E EE pad os ea ADO RA Edo abra va 2 3 Encoder Assembly A2 sz sssecasselsicescinazdavchacheaziaa ei ea aa i E 2 3 Synthesized Impedance Assembly AS ooooconinoniconiconooonononconnconccon cono noconoconoconocons 2 4 DDS Assembly AG EE adi 2 5 Current Assembly A7 cccccssessseesseessecseecsseceaecnsecnseceseeseeseeeeeseceaeeeseeeseeeaeeaaees 2 6 Voltage Assembly AS inae rancana Rore teste aadaasat condos acbeateshcotzecanoasat s 2 7 Main CPU Assembly A9 cccccccccesscsssceeseeeseeeseeeseecseecseecaecaeceseceseeseeeseeeenneeaes 2 7 POWER Supp ES ess aaa iniciando datando CE E AEA n EEE EEIE 2 8 Outguard Supplies 0 0 ccccccccsseesceesceessecseeenseceseceseceseeneecseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeesaeessees 2 8 Inguard SUpples renra aratna e e o a Re a E ET TE E 2 8 5522A Service Manual 2 2 Theory of Operation 2 Introduction Introduction This chapter gives a description of the analog and digital sections of the Calibrator at a block diagram level Figure 2 1 shows the configuration of assemblies in the Calibrator See Chapter 6 for a description of the Oscilloscope Calibration Option The Calibrator outputs DC vol
193. ltav capdata no_samples 1 capdata 2 dci is the current multiply by the charge time and divide product by change in voltage charge time is 10 seconds 2 100mS samples 100mS for Oth sample result dci stp 9 7 deltav End Sub Figure 3 17 Example Visual Basic Program cont Measurement Uncertainty An example of how to calculate measurement uncertainty for a 3 mF verification is shown below Error Analysis Example Capacitance test on 3 mF at 800 LA e 5700A DCI 2 0 mA range 50 ppm 10 nA at 800 A 62 5 ppm e HP 3458A DCV 10 V range 4 1 ppm of measurement 0 05 ppm of range e HP 3458A time base uncertainty 100 ppm e UUT Fluke 5522A 3 0 mF 0 44 While the HP 3458A dc volts accuracy is not specified for sample rates other than NPLC of 100 Fluke tests show the DMM is less than 25 ppm for the fast sample rate 187 5 ppm 0 0187 when you add the error terms 62 5 ppm 25 ppm 100 ppm for a test uncertainty ratio TUR gt 20 1 The DMM has a number of other error sources These are linearity uncertainty on the 10 V range at 2 of full scale uncertainty in fast sample mode and internal trigger timing uncertainty Furthermore the current source accuracy is contingent on the compliance voltage that changes continuously Fluke tests were done to quantify each of these error sources and none were found to contribute more than 0 02 This amount of error is not important relative to the 5522A
194. m 15 mHz 1 The DC offset plus the wave signal must not exceed 30 V rms 6 5 5522A Service Manual 6 6 Pulse Generator Specifications Pulse Generator Characteristics Positive pulse into 50 Q Typical rise fall imes Available Amplitudes 2 5 V 1 V 250 mV 100 mV 25 mV 10 mV ns to 500551 Uncertainty 2 5 of pulse width 2 ns Pulse Period 22 ms to 200 ns 45 5 Hz to 5 MHz 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency and width 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty at Cardinal Points teal 5 C 2 5 ppm 1 Pulse width not to exceed 40 of period 2 Pulse width uncertainties for periods below 2 us are not specified Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Pulse Period Amplitude into 50 Q p p Typical Rise Time Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Edge Signal PRET _ Typical Amplitude into A a A E E 50 2 p p Typical Rise Time Typical Lead Time Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Voltage Function ae _ Typical Amplitude into 3 A A E 50 p p Typical Rise Time Typical Lead Time Trigger Signal Specifications Adjustable 0 to 1 5 V p p Q 7 accuracy Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Measurement Range 40 to 60 Q 500 kQ to 1 5 MQ a Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Measurement Range 5 to 50 pF Uncertainty 5 of input 0 5 pF
195. m oso o av ovo mev somov she zoon zoon o avo oso sesso somov she aasowa soon o avo ovo somo somov she azsgoma oso ma o0 e000 sos sees somov she osa 2000n so aoso unio sesso somov aie osa 2000n so ears unas 3 49 5522A Service Manual Frequency Accuracy Verification Make sure that the Calibrator outputs voltage at the frequency between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 34 Use a Fluke PM6680B Frequency Counter Table 3 34 Verification Tests for Frequency Range Normal Output Normal a c 119 00 Hz 118 99970 Hz 119 00030 Hz 120 0 Hz 119 99970 Hz 120 00030 Hz 3 29999 3 00000 1000 0 Hz 999 9975 Hz 1000 0025 Hz 100 00 kHz 99 999 75 Hz 100 000 25 Hz 1 Frequency accuracy is specified for 1 year 3 50 A static awareness A Message From Fluke Corporation Some semiconductors and custom IC s can be damaged by electrostatic discharge during handling This notice explains how you can minimize the chances of destroying such devices sl DIE o O 1 Knowing that there is a problem 2 Learning the guidelines for handling them 3 Using the procedures packaging and bench techniques that are recommended The following practices should be followed to minimize damage to S S static sensitive devices i LL 3 DISCHARGE PERSONAL STATIC BEFORE HANDLING DEVICES USE A HIGH RESIS 1 MINIMIZE HANDLING TANCE G
196. mance with data I O cables not in excess of 3m Line Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz Line Voltage selectable 100 V 120 V 220 V 240 V Line Voltage Variation 10 about line voltage setting For optimal performance at full dual outputs e g 1000 V 20 A choose a ling voltage setting that is 7 5 from nominal lidades 600 VA 17 8 cm x 43 2 cm x 47 3 cm 7 in x 17 in x 18 6 in Standard rack width and rack increment plus 1 5 cm 0 6 in for feet on bottom of unit Weight without options 22 kg 49 Ib Absolute Uncertainty Definition The 5522A specifications include stability temperature coefficient linearity line and load regulation and the traceability of the external standards used for calibration You do not need to add anything to determine the total specification of the 5522A for the temperature range indicated Specification Confidence Level 99 Detailed Specifications DC Voltage Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Stability Range ppm of output uV Resolution uV Max Burden n 90 days 1 year 24 hours 1 C ppm of output uV 0 to 329 9999 mV 15 1 20 1 3 1 0 1 65 Q 0 to 3 299999 V 9 2 11 2 2 1 5 1 10 mA 0 to 32 99999 V 10 20 12 20 2 15 10 10 mA 30 to 329 9999 V 15 150 18 150 2 5 100 100 5mA 100 to 1020 000 V 15 1500 18 1500 3 300 1000 5 mA Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 2 0 to 329 9999 mV
197. meter 1 Type of report to send STORED ACTIVE or CONSTS 2 Format of report PRINT designed to be read SPREAD designed to be loaded into a spreadsheet 3 Calibration interval to be used for instrument specifications in the report I90D 90 day specifications or I1Y 1 year specifications Example RPT STORED PRINT I90D RPT_PLEN Description Sets the page length used for calibration reports This parameter is stored in nonvolatile memory Parameter Page length RPT_PLEN Description Sends the page length used for calibration reports Parameter None Response Integer Page length RPT_STR Description Sets the user report string used for calibration reports The string is stored in nonvolatile memory The CALIBRATION switch must be set to ENABLE Parameter String of a maximum of 40 characters 3 29 5522A Service Manual 3 30 RPT_STR Description Sends the user report string used for calibration reports Parameter None Response String A maximum of 40 characters STOP_PR Description Stops a calibration report print job if one was queued to print Parameter None UNCERT Description Sends specified uncertainties for the present output If there is no specification for an output the uncertainty sent is zero Parameter 1 Optional The preferred unit in which to express the primary output uncertainty default is PCT 2 Optional The preferred unit in which to express the secondary output uncertainty d
198. mplitude Verification This procedure uses Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter BNC f to Double Banana adapter Output cable supplied with the SC1100 50 Q feedthrough termination Second BNC cable For ac voltage verification see Figure 7 3 for equipment connections Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu shown in the display 7 29 5522A Service Manual Verification at 1 MQ To do a 1 MQ verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the TRIG OUT connector of the Calibrator to the EXT Trig connector on the rear panel of the HP 3458A Make sure the Calibrator is set to 1 MQ The Output softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ For ac voltage output at 1 kHz set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0007 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0012 for the lower part of the waveform baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display Measure the topline first as shown in Table 7 7 For each measurement get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setu
199. n Steps CAE CTI Shantou CE OO ICO ooa ooa 5522A Service Manual 3 12 AUX output terminals are used for steps 1 5 20A terminal is used for step 6 8508A INPUT SENSE 2 WIRE A 4 WIRE ACV PKN Ni Figure 3 6 DC Current Calibration Connections Set the 8508A to external guard gjh118 eps Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration AC Current Calibration Note DC current must be calibrated before you do the ac current calibration The ac current calibration uses a number of current shunts that must be dc characterized before they can be used You can do the de characterization with the Calibrator but you must do the complete Calibrator de current calibration first In the de characterization procedure data is collected for each of the ac current levels that is necessary for the ac current calibration procedure For example if a shunt is used for 0 33 mA ac and 3 3 mA ac calibrations you must get data at 33 mA dc and 3 3 mA dc Follow these steps to characterize the shunt Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3 7 FLUKE 57904 2 Metal film resistor in enclosure INPUT 1 A iNPuT2 10000 RMS M WIDEBAND ax i 1000V RMS MAX o SHUNT aV RMS MAX Lo EAR x Set 5790A to external guard gjh130 eps Figure 3 7 AC Current Ca
200. ndwidth 3 kHz e Reference level 20 dBm The spectrum analyzer will show a spur at 153 MHz See Figure 6 16 to identify the spur 3 Turn R1 counterclockwise until the spur is at minimum amplitude Note As you turn RI the spur will move down the waveform in the display Stop the adjustment with the spur is at minimum amplitude If you adjust too far the spur will disappear The signal is balanced between the VCOs and the adjustment is complete when the spur is at minimum amplitude R1 om052f eps Figure 6 16 Leveled Sine Wave Balance Adjustment How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics To adjust the leveled sine wave harmonics Note The equipment must be setup as described in the Equipment Setup section 1 Set the Calibrator to 5 5 V a 600 MHz 2 Set the Spectrum Analyzer to 6 55 5522A Service Manual e Start frequency 50 MHz e Stop frequency 500 MHz e Resolution bandwidth 3 MHz e Video Bandwidth 3 kHz e Reference level 20 dBm Use the Peak Search function of the spectrum analyzer to find the reference signal The spectrum analyzer will show the fundamental and second and third harmonics The harmonics must be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 40 dBc and the third harmonic is typically at 50 dBc as shown in Figure 6 17 Adjust R8 until the peaks of the second and third harmonics are at the correct dB level Note As you adjust it is possible the
201. necessary 12 Do step 10 and 11 again until the Calibrator shows that the subsequent steps calibrate Leveled Sine flatness Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants gt P a gjh103 eps Figure 6 5 Calibrator to 5790A AC Measurement Standard Connections Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration Leveled Sine Wave flatness calibration is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Flatness calibration of the low frequency band is made 6 19 5522A Service Manual 6 20 relative to 50 kHz Flatness calibration of the high frequency band is made relative to 10 MHz Leveled Sine Wave flatness is calibrated at multiple amplitudes The low and high frequency bands are calibrated at each amplitude Calibration starts with the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the first amplitude followed by the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the second amplitude and so on until the flatness calibration is complete Push the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION softkeys until Set up to measure leveled sine flatness shows in the display Low Frequency Calibration To do th
202. nel To test the front panel 1 Push setur 2 Push the UTILITY FUNCTNS softkey 3 Push the SELF TEST softkey 4 Push the DIAG softkey The menu shows KNOB TEST Does a test on the knob encoder that shows a cursor that moves when you turn the knob KEY TEST A test that shows the name of the key in the display when you push a key Push to exit the test BELL TEST Lets you operate the beeper for different periods of time DISPLAY Turns on segments of the two displays Push to exit the test With 4 7 5522A Service Manual Main software version 3 6 you can also push fER stev or oPR to exit the test Note When you do a test on the output display DISPLAY MEAS you can select one of three test patterns ALLON ALLOFF and CURSOR TEST Complete List of Error Messages Table 4 1 is a list of Calibrator error messages Table 4 1 Error Message Format Error Number Message Class Description Text Characters 0 to 65536 QYE Query Error caused by F Error is shown on the Up to 36 text a full input buffer front panel as it occurs characters unterminated action or interrupted action DDE Device Specific Error R Error is queued to the caused by some condition in remote interface as it the 5520A for example occurs overrange EXE Execution Error S Error causes instrument caused by an element to go to Standby external to or inconsistent with the 5522A none Error is
203. nncnnncnncnncncnncnnnons 1 20 A AN 1 21 Additional SpecifiCatlOWS ooooononinnnnncnnonnnnnncnnnonn ccoo noon nono nono noco noc n anar ron ran rra nano 1 22 O ERES 1 22 Harmonics 2 to A O A 1 22 AC Voltage Sine Wave Extended Bandwidth oooooooinconocococnconnconnnaononanonnnos 1 23 AC Voltage Non Sine Wave cccccccccsscessesssecsseesecsseesecesecnseeneeseeeseeeeeneennes 1 24 AC Voltage DC Offset 0 0 cccceccseseesseeeseeeseeeseeeseecsaecseceseceseenseeseeeseeeenneenaes 1 26 AC Voltage Square Wave Characteristics eee 1 26 AC Voltage Triangle Wave Characteristics typical 1 26 AC Current Non Sine Wave cccccsccssscssssessceeseeeseeeseeeseeceecssecssecnaeenaeeneennes 1 27 AC Current Square Wave Characteristics typical 1 28 AC Current Triangle Wave Characteristics typical 1 28 Introduction and Specifications 1 Introduction Introduction AAWarning To prevent possible electrical shock fire or personal injury read all safety information before you use the Product The 5522A Calibrator the Product or the Calibrator shown in Figure 1 1 is a fully programmable precision source for DC voltage from 0 V to 1020 V AC voltage from 1 mV to 1020 V with output from 10 Hz to 500 kHz AC current from 29 WA to 20 5 A with variable frequency limits e DC current from 0 to 20 5 A e Resistance values from a short circuit to 1100 MQ e Capacitance values from 220 pF to 110 mF e Simu
204. nnect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator 4 Connect the resistor shown in Table 6 25 to the other end of the output cable See Figure 6 6 6 51 5522A Service Manual Note The resistor must make a solid connection to a BNC f connector The resistance value must be known at this BNC f connector Fluke uses an HP 34564 DMM to make a 4 wire measurement at the BNC f connector to get the actual resistance 5 Let the Calibrator measurement become stable 6 Record the measurement in Table 6 25 7 Compare the measured resistance value to the actual resistance of the resistor and the value in the tolerance column of the table Table 6 25 MeasZ Resistance Verification Nominal Calibrator Actual Calibrator MeasZ x E Resistance Resistance Resistance Tolerance Range Measurement res 500 40 92 1 600 kQ is made with the 1 5 MQ and 1 MQ resistors connected in parallel MeasZ Capacitance Verification The verification procedure for the MeasZ Capacitance function is a capacitance measurement of a known value capacitance and then compare the measured capacitance to the value of the capacitance This procedure uses e Adapter and capacitors to make 5 pF 29 pF and 49 pF nominal values at the end of a BNC f connector e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a MeasZ capacitance verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu shown in the display 2 Set
205. nonnconcconccon ccoo coco noconoconnnoos 6 24 DC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cc cceecceescseseeeseeeseeeseeeeeessecseecssecseceeeseeees 6 25 DC Voltage Verification at 50 Q oie ccccccccscseseessceeeeeseeeseeeseeeeecaecssecneeneeeaeenas 6 27 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MOQ ccccccsscsseceseceteceseeeseeseeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeaeesaees 6 28 AC Voltage Verification at 50 QQ oo ceccccccscssecsseceteceteceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeseeeseeeeeentees 6 30 AC Voltage Frequency Verification ccccesccescesscsesceeseeesceeseeeseecseeesaeeeseeeeeesaes 6 31 Edge Amplification Verification cccccsccesccsescesseseneeeseeeeeeeeessecsaecsseeneeneeeaeenas 6 32 Edge Frequency Verification ccccccsccessceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeseesseeeseecseeesaeenseenseenaeees 6 32 Edge Rise Time Verificatie renere e i a e E E 6 35 Edge Aberrations creia E E E td TE E E ss 6 36 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification ooooonnncninnnnnoononnconnconccnn noc nocnocnncnos 6 36 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification oooonoonnnnnnnnnnnonnonnconnconcconnoconocnoconnnoos 6 37 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification cccccccecccesseesceesteestecsteeeteeeeeneenes 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification cccccsseessecsseestecstecsteceeceeeneeees 6 39 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V ccccccccssessseesseesteestecsteeeteeneeneenes 6 43 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V 6 44 Time Marker Verification nieni
206. noon corn ncn nn ran rrnnrrnn nan 6 23 6 7 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup cccccscceseceseceteceseceseceeeeseeeeeeeeeneeenes 6 30 6 8 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup ccecccccccccscesssessecsteceteceeceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeenes 6 34 659 Edge RISC TIM a Aa 6 35 6 10 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification SetuP ooonconncninnonnnnonnnonnnanncnnnonanonnnos 6 39 6 11 Calibrator to 5790A Measurement Standard Connections ccccesceesseeteeteeeees 6 41 6 12 HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor Connections 6 42 6 13 Calibrator to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Connections 6 42 6 14 Wave Generator Verification Connections cccccccceesseesseeseceseeeseceeeeeeeeeseeeeneenaes 6 46 6 15 Overload Function Verification Connections eee 6 53 6 16 Leveled Sine Wave Balance Adjustment ooooonoconococococoncconaconnnnonoconoconn cnn rrnnrnanonnnos 6 55 6 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjustment ccccceccceseceteceseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneesaes 6 56 6 18 Edge Aberrations Adjustment ooocooonocccocononnnonnnonnnnoncon nono noon nono nono nnn nara n rra r rara nan 6 58 7 1 Error Message for Scope Option cccccssecssecssecseesecseceseceseceseeseeeeeeseeeeeseseneesaes 7 3 7 2 SC1100 Block Diagram ipini eiert e EE R E ENE 7 11 7 3 Equipment Setup for SC1100 Voltage Square Wave Measurements 7 17 7 4 Equipment Setup f
207. nt 2X N N a q o A 2X gjh201 eps 5 7 5522A Service Manual 5 8 Table 5 2 Rear Panel Assembly Reference BIUKE Description Part Quantity Designator Number H14 H33 SCREW 8 32 375 LO CAP SCKT STAINLESS STEEL BLK 295105 OXIDE LOCK H83 H84 CONNECTOR ACCESSORY D SUB JACK SCREW 4 40 250 L 1777348 W FLAT WASHER H85 H86 CONNECTOR ACCESSORY MICRO RIBBON SCREW LOCK 854737 M3 5 6 32 STEEL ZINC BLACK OR CLEAR E H88 WASHER FLAT STL 160 281 010 111005 H154 H157 WASHER FLAT 219 ID 506 OD 061 THK STEEL ZINC 2565513 CHROMATE List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 9 Table 5 2 Rear Panel Assembly cont Reference BIUKE Description Part Quantity Designator Number MP40 LABEL CALIB CERTIFICATION SEAL 802306 MP44 AIR FILTER 945287 MP50 FILTER PART FILTER LINE PART VOLTAGE SELECTOR 944272 T1 TRANSFORMER POWER 100 240V 50 60HZ 7 1 2 1 8 2 1 2 625720 5520A 6501 284W El175 5522A Service Manual V V NOI193S 335 9d NI 3817 S OL ANOYOL xz 6LLH 9LLH ae P 8EdN LZLH OZLH 98H S8H XZ 78H geH anus aNnows Y Y NODIS XZ goLH ZOLH anNnodo 60v V0085 NOYW Xv LLLH 801H xy 29LH pSLH SLH ZSLH gt 18 LHM AIGWASSV YSAWYOASNVEL WOYSs xv vOLH 6ldN SLLH CLLH ZOLH VOLH xp LH OLH i sa o N 6Y xe 68H 88H 28H
208. o guard strap on the 752A is not connected 3 The 8508A must be used on the 10 Vdc range for all measurements The 752A mode switch must be set to 10 1 for the 30 V measurement and to 100 1 for all voltages more than 30 V 4 Measure and type in the values into the UUT for steps 7 through 9 in Table 3 3 30 V and above as prompted 5 Make sure that the UUT is in Standby and disconnect the test equipment Set the 8508A to external guard 2 WIRE PAN psi IT ua Ron a Sore MAK gjh115 eps Figure 3 2 DC Volts 30 V and Above Calibration Connections AC Volts Calibration NORMAL Output Table 3 4 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the ac volts function The equipment is also shown in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 4 Test Equipment Necessary for AC Volts Calibration aty Manufacturer Modo Eipment S500A LEADS Test lead se PN 900394 Type N to dual banana adapter 5790A AC Measurement Standard To calibrate the ac voltage function 1 Measure the Calibrator output with Input 1 of a Fluke 5790A AC Measurement Standard Use a Type N to dual banana adapter as Figure 3 3 shows 2 Set the 5522A and 5790A to use an external guard connection Connect the guard to the output low connection at the normal output low terminal of the 5522A 3 7 5522A Service Manual 3 8 4 Type in the measured values into the
209. oad Function Verification This procedure uses e 50 Q feedthrough termination e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do an overload function verification 1 Connect the output cable and 50 Q feedthrough termination to the Calibrator as shown in Figure 7 15 7 65 5522A Service Manual 5522A SC1100 SC1100 Cable A 50 Q Feedthrough Termination gjh141 eps Figure 7 15 Overload Function Verification Connections 2 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Overload menu shown in the display 3 Connect one end of the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination 4 Connect the other end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator 5 Set the Calibrator to output 5 000 V dc OUT VAL softkey and time limit 60 s T LIMIT softkey 6 Push on the Calibrator and make sure the OPR timer display increments 7 Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and make sure the Calibrator goes to standby STBY Replace the 50 feedthrough termination on the end of the output cable 9 Set the Calibrator output to 5 000 V ac OUT VAL softkey 10 Push on the Calibrator and make sure the OPR timer display increments 11 Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and make sure the Calibrator goes to standby STBY SC1100 Hardware Adjustments Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functi
210. of Operation Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Measurement Range 40 to 60 Q 500 kQ to 1 5 MQ Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Measurement made within 30 minutes of capacitance zero reference Scope option must be selected for at least five minutes prior to any capacitance measurement including the zero process Overload Measurement Specifications Source Voltage Typical on Current Typical Off current indication Maximum Time Limit DG ot AC indication 1 kHz 5to9V 100 to 180 mA setable 1 to 60 s Theory of Operation This section contains a brief overview of the SC1100 operation modes This information will let you identify which of the main plug in PCAs of the Calibrator Mainframe are defective Figure 7 2 shows a block diagram of the SC1100 Option also referred to as the A45 PCA Functions that are not shown in the figure are sourced from the DDS Assembly A6 PCA See Chapter 2 for a diagram of all Calibrator Mainframe PCA assemblies Voltage Mode All signals for the voltage function come from the A41 Voltage Video PCA a daughter card to the A45 PCA A dc reference voltage is supplied to the A41 PCA from the A6 DDS PCA All de and ac oscilloscope output voltages are derived from this signal and sourced on the A41 PCA The output of the A41 PCA goes to the A45 Signal PCA also attached to the A45 PCA and attenuator module and is then cabled to the output connectors
211. on Volts and CulTOMt oooncnncciononococoncnonccnnnnanonnnos 3 49 Frequency Accuracy Verification cccccccssccssecesecetecesecesecseeceeeeseeeeeeeseneenses 3 50 Contents continued Manten id 4 1 Introductions aeaee A ii 4 3 ACCESS Procedure an EE EO A da 4 3 How to Remove Analog Modules cccccsscesseesteceteceseceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeesneennes 4 3 How to Remove the Main CPU AQ ccccesecsssestecsteceneceeeeseeesseeeseeeeeeseeesaes 4 3 How to Remove the Rear Panel Assemblies c ccsccesscessceeseeeeeeeeeeseenees 4 4 How to Remove the Filter PCA A12 ccc cecceccccsscsteceseceteeeeeesseeeseeeeeeseeenaes 4 4 How to Remove the Encoder A2 and Display PCAS ceesceseeeseeeteeees 4 4 How to Remove the Keyboard and Access the Output Block 4 4 Diagnostic Tests sue see eeir ni idas 4 7 How to Do Diagnostic Tests c ccccecccessesssescsesecseceecnseceseeeeeseeeseeeeseeenneenses 4 7 How to Test the Front Panel rear 4 7 Complete List of Error Messages c cccccccssessseesseesseessecnsecesecesecneeeeeeeeeeesneenaes 4 8 List of Replaceable Parrts ccccssesssseeesscceessssssseeeeeeeeeeeseseenneanenees 5 1 Introduction asas rastos coined Sein esos sat Nona as eat ads pa alias e sda ias 5 3 How to Obtain Parisz eii aa te a a ee eeel EE rara aea a a EE S aiai 5 3 SC600 Calibration Option oooomonnccccnnnancccnnnnnnncnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnr errar rene 6 1 Intro ii n
212. on the front panel The reference dc signal is used to supply and de and ac signals that are amplified or attenuated to supply the range of output signals Edge Mode The DDC A6 PCA is the source of the edge clock and goes to the A45 PCA The signal is then shaped and divided to supply the fast edge and external trigger signals The edge signal comes from the A45 PCA first to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel Leveled Sine Wave Mode All of the leveled sine wave signals from 50 kHz to 1100 MHz are supplied from the A45 PCA For frequencies 50 kHz to 600 MHz the A45 PLL and output amplifier is used For 600 MHz and above the A92 PLL and output amplifier is used The leveled sine wave signal comes from the A45 PCA to the on board PCA attenuator assembly The attenuator assembly supplies range attenuation and also contains a power detector which keeps amplitude flatness across the frequency range The signal is then applied to the SCOPE connector on the front panel Time Marker Mode There are three primary ranges of time marker operation 5 s to 50 ms 10 ms to 2 us and 1 usto 1 ns 7 9 5522A Service Manual The A6 DDS PCA is the source of the 5 s to 20 ms markers and are sent to the A45 PCA The signal path is also divided to supply the external trigger circuitry on the
213. onannonn nono nonn ccoo 3 32 DC Current Verification oooooccnocononoconoconaconaconononnnnnnrnnn con nono nono nn conan nr ranas 3 33 Resistance Verification ccccccccssccssecsseceteceeceseceseceeeseeeseeeseeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeesaes 3 34 AC Voltage Verification NORMAL OutpUb coooonincniononnnconnconaconnconncnnonanonnnos 3 35 AC Voltage Verification AUX Output eres 3 37 AC Current Verification ccccccccccssccssseeeseesseeeseecseecsecnsecnsecsseeseeeseeeeeeeenneenaes 3 38 Capacitance Verification ccccecccccseesseessecseecssecsseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeees 3 4 200 UF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification ceeceseeeeseeeececeeeeeeeeseeaeees 3 43 Capacitance Measurement ccccecccecsseesseesseeseeesecseeseecseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeaeesaees 3 43 Measurement Uncertainty ccccccccsccescesseeseeeseeeseecaeesecesecnseenseeseeeseeeeeneennes 3 47 Thermocouple Simulation Verification Sourcing ooooocococononnconanononannnnnonanos 3 47 Thermocouple Measurement Verification eee 3 48 Phase Accuracy Verification Volts and AUX Volts 3 48 Phase Accuracy Verification Volts and Current ccccccscesseesteceteeeteeeneeenes 3 49 Frequency Accuracy Verification ccccccccssecsceescecssecsteceeceeceeeeseeeseeeenneennes 3 50 5522A Service Manual 3 2 Calibration and Verification 3 Introduction Introduction Calibrate the Calibrator at the end of a 90 day or 1 year
214. onix 11801 with SD22 26 input module or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth 10 dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or an equivalent Output cable supplied with the SC1100 Before you start the aberration adjustment procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 8 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu shown in the display Set the Calibrator to 1 V p p 1 MHz Push opr Set the DSO to e Vertical scale 10 mV div e Horizontal scale 1 ns div Set the DSO to show the 90 point of the edge signal Use this point as the reference level Set the DSO to show the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display 7 69 5522A Service Manual 7 70 How to Adjust the Edge Aberrations See Figure 7 18 while you do the adjustment procedure 1 10 11 12 Adjust A90R13 to set the edge signal at the right edge of oscilloscope display at 10 ns to the reference level set above Adjust A90R36 so the first overshoot is the same amplitude as the subsequent highest aberration Adjust A90R35 so that the second and third overshoot aberrations are the same amplitude as the first aberration Adjust A90R12 to set the edge signal to occur between 2 ns and 10 ns to the reference level set above Adjust A90R36 and A90R35 again to get equal amplitudes for the first second and third aberrations Adjust A90R
215. onnector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the PM 6680 channel shown in Table 6 16 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as shown in Table 6 16 SO 200 Sa io A a i 10 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable and then record the frequency measurement in Table 6 16 11 Calculate the period of the frequency with Period 1 frequency and record it on the table 12 Compare the period value to the value in the tolerance column Table 6 20 Time Marker Verification ooo DOSIS ICI IO O TN Do o O fossas om A om fomos o mom A om ums oom A om o 2seons os A om ECC oos A om frases oe A om us oom A fo fosse Bon af om id O CF fom fe _ e Wave Generator Verification This procedure uses e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e Output cable supplied with the SC600 N i Bd Pe a PP 6 45 5522A Service Manual 5522A SC600 5522A CALIBRATOR BNC F to Double Banana Feedthrough Adapter Termination gjh111 eps Figure 6 14 Wave Generator Verification Connections Wave Generator Verification is done at two different impedances 1 MQ and 50 Q Wave Generator Verification Setup To setup the equipment for wave generator verification 1 Connect the equipment as
216. ons each time the SC1100 is repaired This section contains the adjustment procedures and a test equipment list with recommended models that are necessary to do these adjustments Equivalent models can be used if necessary Necessary Equipment To do the hardware adjustments in this section you must have e Standard adjustment tool to adjust the pots and trimmer caps 7 66 SC1100 Calibration Option T SC1100 Hardware Adjustments e Extender Card e Oscilloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801 with SD 22 26 or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 10 dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard 8590A Note The models shown in this list are recommended to get accurate results How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Function There are two adjustment procedures that you must do for the leveled sine wave function The first procedure adjusts the balance out of the LO VCO so that the signal is balanced between the two VCOs The second procedure adjusts the harmonics Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you start this procedure make sure that the Calibrator is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu shows in the display and set it to output 5 5 V p p 600 MHz 1 Push opr 2 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 10 3 Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it shows one peak
217. or SC1100 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurement 7 18 7 5 Calibrator to 5790A AC Measurement Standard Connections cccceseeeeeeenes 7 21 7 6 MeasZ Calibration Connections ccccecccecsceesseeseeeeeeeeceeceeesecneceeeeseeeseeeseneeenes 7 25 7 7 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup eee 7 32 7 8 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup cccccccecccecccesssessecsteceeceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseneeeaes 7 36 729 Edge Rise Mime ia dada 7 37 7 10 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification SetuP ooooconnncninnnonnnonnconncnoncnnncnnnonnos 7 41 7 11 Calibrator to 5790A Measurement Standard Connections cooocoocconnnonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnos 7 44 7 12 HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor Connections 7 45 7 13 Calibrator to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Connections 7 45 7 14 Wave Generator Verification Connections ccccccccecssecseeseceneeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeaes 7 58 7 15 Overload Function Verification Connections ice 7 66 7 16 Leveled Sine Wave Balance Adjustment cccccecccescesseeeeceeneceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeaes 7 68 7 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjustment cccccccceseceteceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenaes 7 69 7 18 Edge Aberrations Adjustment ooocooocooccoccnonnnonnnonnnonccon ccoo nono nono nono non nn nan n ran r naar ranas 7 71 xii Chapter 1 Introduction and Specifications Title Page SS o AER AEE EEE A EE
218. ormance Verification Tests 8 Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude Specification Specification O sme Rei Verification Tests for AC Voltage AUX rane fv ml om om me fv os f ooa os oom ams oupa rov gt woom o Joss oom or Frequency oore 6 000 o asasce oom ors e ronco o fases omar or 12 mor o osez oor or o ooo o fosa ooer om 7 Moo o fosse ooer 20 oo o fosse ooer 20 oo o fosse ooer z0 a Moo o fosse ooer 20 e mo o Joss ooe o o forem come 30 o ox om so o Jess omo so o Jess omo so o Jess oors so 8 15 5522A Service Manual Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude Specification Specification Fundamental Voltage V V deg Verification Tests for AC Current LCOMP OFF ange pama me poo a wae u foo ooe saeco a foon a foon a foon e foon e foon e foon a foon se foon e foon m CA Ea Eos La E E as oas ooo oe oas oom os oas ooo os oas ooo os oas ooo os EA ooo oe a Ca 2000 Ca foon a foon COMETA COMETA o ES ES EM ES o EM zal E o o o EE Es 10000 fo aosa7_ ooon Em o o o EM Es EA o E EEB EE ae o Es o PQ Calibration Option 8
219. other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Set the Calibrator to a value shown in column 1 of the Table 6 15 Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement in the table Multiply the rms measurement by the conversion factor of 2 8284 to get the peak to peak value Multiply the measurements by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare the result to the value in the tolerance column Table 6 15 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Calibrator 5790A 5790A V p p Value x Output Measurement Measurement x coirection Tolerance V p p 50 kHz V rms 2 8284 V p p CABE o o EEE 400 nv sw O 450 uV ssw o P 498 uV zow SSS 800 KV sow o o oS 1 08 mV wow E E 110 mV onv SSS SS 2 28 mV oom SSS 2 30 mV om o 8 28 mV IZA E 83 mV e PS A 24 3 mV a A 263V ay 68 3 mV 6 37 5522A Service Manual Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification This procedure uses PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 BNC f to Type N m adapter Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a leveled sine wave frequency verification 1 Connect the equipmen
220. output disconnection and or fuse protection on the output terminals for all functions This protection is for applied external voltages up to 300 V peak Analog Low Isolation i 20 V normal operation 400 V peak transient EMC ies iii incas Complies with EN IEC 61326 1 2006 EN IEC 61326 2 1 2006 for controlled EM environments under the following conditions If used in areas with Electromagnetic fields of 1 to 3 V m from 0 08 1GHz resistance outputs have a floor adder of 0 508 Q Performance not specified above 3 V m This instrument may be susceptible to electro static discharge ESD to the binding posts Good static awareness Introduction and Specifications Detailed Specifications 1 Line Power Power Consumption Dimensions HxWxL practices should be followed when handling this and other pieces of electronic equipment Additionally this instrument may be susceptible to electrical fast transients on the mains terminals If any disturbances in operation are observed it is recommended that the rear panel chassis ground terminal be connected to a known good earth ground with a low inductance ground strap Note that a mains power outlet while providing a suitable ground for protection against electric shock hazard may not provide an adequate ground to properly drain away conducted rf disturbances and may in fact be the source of the disturbance This instrument was certified for EMC perfor
221. output to 80 V peak to peak 100 kHz STANDBY 5 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL 6 Set the HP3458A DELAY to 0012 for the top part of the waveform i e topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform i e baseline 7 Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the 100 V range Change the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency to 10 kHz 9 Push opR and use the HP 3458A to measure the topline and baseline 10 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline Record these values in Table 6 14 and compare against the tolerance Table 6 14 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification Calibrator Edge Output Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification This procedure uses e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter HP3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak Tolerance Range Measurement Measurement V 6 36 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification 50 Q feedthrough termination Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 4 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu shown in the display Push opr Connect the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination Connect the one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the 50 Q feedthrough termination at the
222. p for SC1100 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section to learn more Measure the baseline of each output after the topline measurement as shown in Table 7 7 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column When you make measurements at the other frequencies set up the HP 3458A NPLC and topline and baseline DELAY as shown in Table 7 2 See the Setup for SC1100 Voltage Square Wave Measurements section Table 7 7 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ Calibrator Output 1 kHz PBA Topo Baseline peak to Peak Tolerance Range Measurement Measurement V or as noted 0 000041 0 000041 7 30 KC Pd Formas wowe fomos Pone fomos eva O fomos wwe fomos E IESO EE Pone Teo A DO Do EE E FOSO EE 100 mV dc 0 00015 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification Table 7 7 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cont Calibrator Topli i Output 1 kHz opine Baers Peak to Peak Tolerance Measurement Measurement V or as noted 2 2V 11V 11V 130 V 130 V E o os ANA E ION EE Do Do os A 1000 V de 1000 V de 0 13004 0 00024 Verification at 50 42 To do a 50 Q verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the TRIG OUT connector of the Calibrator to
223. pecification ea me a ro usa me rom ome ave eco fumos somo omo us cua sea o Jasso 109 accom ooo oe Frquency som 5 e2 o rszam ooo os 7 rosas seo fowo corso os sm o osteo coro os um uso 100 oza corso os ia esos o omer coo os is feson 100 oree om os ar um o forre como os esos o oreo coro 10 as aos o forro como 10 o im o omo coro so e on o om coi 10 ar ron o foore oor so mo fo om Ds from fosco cows foon ves osos cows os a fomu ts fosso om os e foon ros osos cows os E o MESE os a o WEN ee to o os Frequency 10 00 0 85313 0 0185 10 00 0 85313 0 0185 10 00 152 1 0 85313 0 0185 10 00 0 85313 0 0185 10 00 167 8 0 85313 0 0185 8 19 5522A Service Manual Table 8 4 Composite Harmonics Verification cont Verification Tests for AC Amplitude saa Specification Fundamental Voltage V EN o fo 10 00 0 0185 0185 ee CA a fown vas foss oos o6 ua oon es fosso oos os is fromm os fosso ores os Calibration You must calibrate of the voltage and current outputs to get them to their nominal values for the Delta Amplitude output of the PQ option This calibration must be done after the mainframe calibration with the procedure in the this manual PQ calibr
224. ption Verification 6 Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement for each wave type and voltage in Table 7 21 7 Multiply the rms measurement by the conversion factor in Table 7 21 to convert the measurement to a peak to peak value 8 Compare the result to the value in the tolerance column Verification at 50 2 1 Set the Calibrator to 50 Q Note The SCOPEZ softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Qand 1 MQ 2 Connect one end of the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination Connect the other end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator 4 Connect the 50 Q feedthrough termination at the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 5 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 6 Set the Calibrator to output the wave type and voltage shown in Table 7 22 Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement for each wave type and voltage in Table 7 22 8 Multiply the rms measurement by the conversion factor in Table 7 22 to convert the measurement to a peak to peak value 9 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error 10 Compare the result to the value in the tolerance column Table 7 21 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ 5
225. put after the topline measurement as shown in Table 6 7 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column When you make measurements at the other frequencies set up the HP 3458A NPLC and topline and baseline DELAY as shown in Table 6 2 See the Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements section Table 6 7 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ Calibrator HP34 i i Output 1 kHz or da Topine Baseline Peaktotear Trance Range Measurement Measurement as noted 100 mV de 100 mV de 100 mV de 100 mV de 100 mV de 100 mV de 100 mv de 100 mv de SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Table 6 7 AC Voltage Verification at 1 MQ cont Calibrator HP3458A Topline Baseline Tolerance Output 1 kHz or Range Measurement Measurement as noted 11V 11 V 130 V 130 V 0 01104 0 01104 0 13004 0 13004 200 mV 100 Hz 0 00024 200 mV 1 kHz 0 00024 200 mV 5 kHz 0 00054 200 mV 10 kHz 0 00054 2 2 V 100 Hz 0 00224 2 2 V 5 kHz 0 00554 2 2 V 10 kHz 0 00554 Verification at 50 2 To do a 50 Q verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the TRIG OUT connector of the Calibrator to the EXT Trig connector on the rear panel of the HP3458A Make sure the Calibrator impedance is
226. r For voltages 63 mV p p and higher use the 8482A Power Sensor Connect the HP 437B Power Meter to the 8482A or the 8481D Power Sensor as shown in Figure 6 12 To learn more about how to connect these two instruments refer to the operator manuals of the instruments Connect the power meter power sensor combination to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator See Figure 6 13 6 41 5522A Service Manual The HP 437B Power Meter must be configured with e PRESET e RESOLN 3 e AUTO FILTER e WATTS e SENSOR TABLE 0 default Zero and self calibrate the power meter with the power sensor Refer to the HP 437B operators manual to learn more fo g om035f eps Figure 6 12 HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor Connections gjh104 eps Figure 6 13 Calibrator to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Connections Low Frequency Verification This procedure gives an example of a low frequency flatness test with a 5 5 V Calibrator output Use the same procedure for other amplitudes Compare the results with the flatness specification shown in Table 6 18 1 Set the Calibrator to output of 5 5 V 500 kHz 2 Push opr 3 Let the 5790A measurement become stable The 5790A should display approximately 1 94 V rms 4 Re
227. r panel serial data RS 232 ports SERIAL 1 FROM HOST and SERIAL 2 TO UUT see Figure 1 2 Each port is dedicated to serial data communications to operate and control the 5522A when you do calibration procedures For complete information on remote operations see Chapter 5 of the 55224 Operators Manual The SERIAL 1 FROM HOST serial data port connects a host terminal or personal computer to the Calibrator You can send remote commands to the Calibrator from a terminal or a PC running a terminal program a BASIC program you write or an optional Windows based software such as 5500 CAL or MET CAL The 5500 CAL Software includes more than 200 example procedures that include a wide range of test tools the 5522A can calibrate See Chapter 6 of the 5522A Operators Manual for a discussion of the RS 232 commands The SERIAL 2 TO UUT serial data port connects a UUT to a PC or terminal through the 5522A see Figure 1 2 This pass through configuration removes the requirement for two COM ports at the PC or terminal A set of four commands control the operation of the SERIAL 2 TO UUT serial port See Chapter 6 of the 55224 Operators Manual for a discussion of the UUT_ commands The SERIAL 2 TO UUT port is also used to connect to the Fluke 700 Series Pressure Modules 1 6 Introduction and Specifications 1 Service Information SERIAL 1 FROM HOST port COM port SERIAL 2 TO UUT port
228. r to SCOPE mode with the Overload menu shown in the display 3 Connect one end of the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination 6 53 5522A Service Manual 6 54 9 10 11 Connect the other end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Set the Calibrator to output 5 000 V de OUT VAL softkey and time limit 60 s T LIMIT softkey Push on the Calibrator and make sure the OPR timer display increments Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and make sure the Calibrator goes to standby STBY Replace the 50 Q feedthrough termination on the end of the output cable Set the Calibrator output to 5 000 V ac OUT VAL softkey Push on the Calibrator and make sure the OPR timer display increments Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and make sure the Calibrator goes to standby STBY SC600 Hardware Adjustments Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functions each time the SC600 is repaired This section contains the adjustment procedures and a test equipment list with recommended models that are necessary to do these adjustments Equivalent models can be used if necessary Necessary Equipment To do the hardware adjustments in this section you must have Standard adjustment tool to adjust the pots and trimmer caps Extender Card Oscilloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801 with SD 22 26 or Tektronix TDS 820 wi
229. rcuitry on the A45 PCA If there are faults related only to these functions then the A45 PCA is most likely defective Input Impedance Mode Resistance The reference resistors for this mode are on the A45 PCA while the DCV reference signal and measurement signals are on the A6 DDS PCA Input Impedance Mode Capacitance The A45 PCA contains the capacitance measurement circuits that uses signals from the leveled sine wave source If there are faults related only to capacitance measurement then the A45 PCA is most likely defective Overload Mode The A41 Voltage Video PCA of the A45 PCA supplies the voltage for the overload mode The voltage is applied to the external 50 Q load and the circuit current is monitored by the A6 DDS PCA SC1100 Calibration Option T Theory of Operation i Time Marker LF PWB 5 s to 50 ms i 500 l 1 Time Marker LF Mux O HE 7 Analog Shaped gt O 0 l l 10 ms to 2 us O i DDS i i i Time Marker Oscilloscope Calibrator Pulse Shaped eee 1us 10ns Trigger BNC Trigger 1 10 100 1000 1 1 eect AAA A A amen cd ear at Ged Sete eo E seek hey seca PA AA o A AA AE RRA Leveled Sine Wave HF PWB SCOPE and Time Marker Step Attenuator Module Output i 5ns 1ns Type N i Unleveled HF Mux i Leveled O O al Og O O Opp detect i PLLs i Pwr Amp i Leveling Loop a Edge Level 600 1100 MHz PLL and PWR Amp i Level Control
230. red calibration constants The date is sent with the same format as the CLOCK command Parameter Which date MAIN ZERO OHMSZERO SCOPE Response The date CAL_DAYS Description Sends the number of days and hours since the last calibration constants were stored Parameter Which date MAIN ZERO OHMSZERO SCOPE Response 1 Integer Days 2 Integer Hours CAL_FACT Description Set the procedure fault action flag Procedures refer to calibration and diagnostic procedures This command is more useful for diagnostics than calibration Parameter Character CONT to continue on faults or ABORT to abort on faults Example CAL_FACT ABORT this is the default CAL_FACT Description Get the procedure fault action flag Response Character CONT or ABORT Example ABORT CAL_FAULT Description Get information about calibration error if one occurred Response 1 error number use EXPLAIN command to interpret 2 Name of step where error occurred CAL_INFO Description Sends message or instructions related to the present step Response String the message string Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Remote Commands CAL_NEXT Description Continue a calibration procedure if it is stopped fora CAL NEXT command Parameter Optional reference value used if it s waiting for a reference If the reference value has no unit the unit is assumed to be that returned by the CAL REF command
231. rement connect the external trigger of the HP3458A to the external trigger output of the SC600 Set the HP3458A to make an analog to digital conversion after it senses the falling edge of an external trigger The conversion does not occur until after the delay set by the 3458A DELAY command The frequency measured by the DMM influences the actual integration time Table 6 2 summarizes the DMM settings necessary to make topline and baseline measurements Figure 6 3 illustrates the correct connections for this setup Table 6 2 Voltage HP3458A Settings Voltage Input HP3458A Settings DO ras For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual range with external trigger turned on A convenient method to make these measurements from the front panel of the HP3458A is to put these parameters into some of the user defined keys For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you set the DMM to NPLC 01 DELAY 0007 TRIG EXT To find the average of multiple measurements you can set one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Note For this application if you make measurements of a signal gt 1 kHz the HP 3458A can show 0 05 to 0 1 peaking in the 100 mV range For these signals lock the HP 34584 to the 1 V range 6 14 SC600 Calibration Option Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 6 HP 3458A Front SC600
232. rently running Response Char the step name Example IDAC_RATIO running IDAC ratio calibration NOT not running a calibration procedure now CAL_STORE Description Store new calibration constants CAL switch must be ENABLED CAL_STORE Description Sends if a cal store is necessary or not Response 1 is yes 0 if no CAL_SW Description Sends how the calibration switch is set Response Integer 1 for enable 0 for normal Example 1 EOFSTR Description Sets the End Of File character string used for calibration reports The maximum length is two characters The EOF character is kept in nonvolatile memory Parameter The EOF string two characters maximum EOFSTR Description Sends the End Of File character string used for calibration reports Parameter None Response String The End Of File character string Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Remote Commands PR_RPT Description Prints a self calibration report out of one of the serial ports Parameter 1 Type of report to print STORED ACTIVE or CONSTS 2 Format of report PRINT designed to be read SPREAD designed to be loaded into a spreadsheet 3 Calibration interval to be used for instrument specifications in the report I90D 90 day specifications or 11Y 1 year specifications 4 Serial port out which to print report HOST or UUT Example PR_RPT STORED PRINT I90D HOST RPT Description Sends a self calibration report Para
233. ronic components may be ordered directly from the Fluke Corporation and its authorized representatives with the Fluke part number Parts price information is available from the Fluke Corporation or its representatives Refer to Tables 5 1 through 5 5 To contact Fluke Calibration call one of the following telephone numbers e Technical Support USA 1 877 355 3225 e Calibration Repair USA 1 877 355 3225 e Canada 1 800 36 FLUKE 1 800 363 5853 e Europe 31 40 2675 200 e Japan 81 3 6714 3114 e Singapore 65 6799 5566 e China 86 400 810 3435 e Brazil 55 11 3759 7600 e Anywhere in the world 1 425 446 6110 In the event the part ordered has been replaced by a new or improved part the replacement will be accompanied by an explanatory note and installation instructions if necessary To make sure you get prompt delivery of the correct part include in your order e Instrument model and serial number e Part number and revision level of the pca printed circuit assembly that contains the part e Reference designator e Fluke part number e Description as given under the Description heading e Quantity 5 3 5522A Service Manual Table 5 1 Front Panel Assembly Reference Elbe Description Part Quantity Designator Number A1 KEYBOARD BURN IN A1 760868 1 A2 SUB ASSEMBLY ENCODER A2 627232 1 11 A10 PCA TC BUTTON A10 4104614 1 PCA TC CONNECTION A11 625951 1 H14 H33 SCREW 8 32 375 LO CAP S
234. rovided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs 20 33 V The AUX output resistance is lt 1 Q The maximum load capacitance is 500 pF subject to the maximum burden current limits 5522A Service Manual AC Voltage Sine Wave cont Absolute Uncertainty Max Distortion and teal 5 C Noise 9 F 10 Hz to 5 MHz Range Frequency dune output a Resolution Bibs Genawidih of output floor AUX Output 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 15 370 0 2 370 0 2 200 uV 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 08 370 0 1 370 0 06 200 uV 10 mV to 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 08 370 0 1 370 0 08 200 uV 1uV 5 mA 329 999 mV 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 15 450 0 2 450 0 3 200 uV 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 3 450 0 4 450 0 6 200 uV 10 kHz to 30 kHz 4 0 900 5 0 900 1 200 uV 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 15 450 0 2 450 0 2 200 uV 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 08 450 0 1 450 0 06 200 uV 0 33 V to 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 07 450 0 09 450 0 08 200 uV 3 29999 V 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 15 1400 0 2 1400 oe ama 0 3 200 uV 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 3 1400 0 4 1400 0 6 200 uV 10 kHz to 30 kHz 4 0 2800 5 0 2800 1 200 uV 10 Hz to 20 Hz 0 15 450 0 2 450 0 2 200 uV 20 Hz to 45 Hz 0 08 450 0 1 450 0 06 200 uV 3 3Vto5V 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 07 450 0 09 450 100 uV 5 mA 0 08 200 uV 1 kHz to 5 kHz 0 15 1400 0 2 1400 0 3 200 uV 5 kHz to 10 kHz 0 3 1400 0 4 1400 0 6 200 uV
235. rtion Characteristics 2nd Harmonic 3rd and Higher Harmonics Within one hour after reference amplitude setting provided temperature varies no more than 5 C With REF CLK set to ext the frequency uncertainty of the Leveled Sine Wave is the uncertainty of the external 10 MHz clock 0 3 Hz gate time 7 6 SC1100 Calibration Option SC1100 Specifications Time Marker Specifications 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty at 25 tx Cardinal Points tcal 5 eg bi ia ppm 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm spike or spike square or square or Typical Output Level gt 1 V ppl gt 1 V p p gt 1 V pp gt 1 V p p gt 1 V p p Typical Jiter rms lt 10 ppm 5 2 1 from 5 s to 1 ns e g 500 ms 200 ms 100 ms Adjustment Range At least 10 around each sequence value indicated above Amplitude Resolution 4 digits 1 tis the time in seconds 2 Typical rise time of square wave and 20 pulse 20 duty cycle pulse is lt 1 5 ns 3 Away from the cardinal points add 50 ppm Wave Generator Specifications Wave Generator Characteristics Square Wave Sine Wave and Triangle Wave into 50 Q or 1 MQ Amplitude Banda into 1 MQ 1 8 mV to 55 V p p 9 into 50 Q 1 8 mV to 2 5 V p p 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 10 Hz to 10 kHz 3 of p p output 100 uV Sequence 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV Typical DC Offset Range O to 240 of p p amplitude Range 10 Hz to 100 kHz Resolution 4 or 5 digit
236. ry 7 Do step 4 again until the Calibrator shows that the subsequent steps calibrate WAVGEN Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants Wave Generator Calibration This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 To calibrate the wave generator 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until WAVEGEN Cal shows in the display 3 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP3458A input with the output cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 4 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL 5522A Service Manual 5 Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0002 for the top part of the waveform i e topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform i e baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step 6 For each calibration step get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section for more information Edge Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC600 e 50
237. s 6 14 Overview of HP3458A Operation ccccccssccsseceseceteceeeceeeeseeeeeeeesseeeseeeeeenaes 6 14 Voltage Square Wave Measurement Setup cccccscsseceteceneceeeeseeeeeeeeeneenees 6 14 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Setup 6 15 DC Voltage Calibration ccccccesccssecesscessceesceeeeeeeeeeseeeseecsaecseecsaecneeseeeenneeenes 6 16 AC Voltage Calibration cccccccccscssscssseeseesseeeseeeseecseeesaeesaecaeensecneeeeeeenneennes 6 17 Wave Generator Calibration eee 6 17 Edge Amplitude Calibration c cccccccccssessceeseeeseecseeesecesecnseeseeseeeseeeseneeenes 6 18 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration ccccccsscesceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeennes 6 18 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration cceccssceescesececeeceeeececeeseeeeeeseeaeees 6 19 6 1 5522A Service Manual Low Frequency Calibration ccccccccscesscceseceseceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeneeensees 6 20 High Frequency CalibratiOO ooooocnnnnnnncnoncnonncnonononoconoconoconoconnnnn corn cnon ccoo noo 6 20 Pulse Width Calibration a a 6 21 MeasZ Calibration nin AR AA A A de 6 22 VCD 6 24 DC Voltage Verification srs ici ibi n 6 24 Verification atl My eri a od 6 25 Verification at O Dia A ai 6 25 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification ccccccccssecsseessecetecesecetecseeeeeeeseeeseneeees 6 27 Verification at 1 MO cai dida ita tase 6 28 Verification at S0 Ot ra 6
238. s 330 uA 3 3 mA 33 mA 330 mA 3 A and 20 A and three voltage ranges 330 mV 3 3 V and 5 V to the AUX outputs The 20 A outputs are sourced through the 20 A AUX binding posts The Current PCA connects to the DDS PCA A6 The Filter PCA A12 supplies the high current power supplies The Current PCA A7 has these functional blocks e A supply that floats e Several stages of transconductance amplifier e Shunts that sense current and shunt amplifier These are the elements that set accuracy e AUX voltage function Power for the Current PCA is filtered by the Filter PCA A12 Its common is isolated from SCOM by a shunt resistor Figure 2 4 is a block diagram of the current function Note that the DDS PCA works together with the Current PCA to supply current outputs 2 6 DDS PCA A6 Current PCA A7 Current IDAC Error Amp AUX HI AUX LO yg119f eps Figure 2 4 Current Function AUX Out Ranges Theory of Operation Voltage PCA A8 Voltage PCA A8 The Voltage PCA A8 supplies de and ac voltage outputs in the range 3 3 V and above It also supplies all the inguard supplies referenced to SCOM See the Power Supplies section Figure 2 5 is a block diagram of the voltage function and shows the signal paths for de and ac voltage outputs The DAC shown in the figure is VDAC which resides on the DDS PCA Note that the voltage amplifier for outputs 23 3 V resides on the Voltage P
239. s calculate the Total VARs Output Uncertainty as shown in example 3 Example 3 Output 100 V 1 A 60 Hz Power Factor 0 174 D 80 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 60 Hz is 190 ppm 2 mV totaling 100 V x 190 x 10 19 mV added to 2 mV 21 mV Expressed in percent 21 mV 100 V x 100 0 021 see AC Voltage Sine Wave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 A is 0 05 100 pA totaling 1 Ax 0 0005 500 uA added to 100 uA 0 6 mA Expressed in percent 0 6 mA 1 A x 100 0 06 see AC Current Sine Waves Specifications VARs Adder VARs Adder for b 80 at 60 Hz is 0 03 see Phase Specifications Total VARS Output Uncertainty Uvars 0 021 0 06 0 03 0 070 Additional Specifications The following paragraphs provide additional specifications for the 5522A Calibrator ac voltage and ac current functions These specifications are valid after allowing a warm up period of 30 minutes or twice the time the 5522A has been turned off All extended range specifications are based on performing the internal zero cal function at weekly intervals or when the ambient temperature changes by more than 5 C Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Frequency Range Resolution 0 01 to 119 99 Hz 0 01 Hz 120 010 1199 9 Hz Mm 12 00 to 119 99 kHz SAER E 120 0 to 1199 9 kHz 100 Hz 1 200 to 2 000 MHz 1 With REF CLK set to ext the frequency uncertainty of th
240. s Less than 5 seconds for all functions and ranges except as noted Standard Interfaces cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees IEEE 488 GPIB RS 232 Temperature Operating sas fetais as nie Ras 0 C to 50 C Calibration tcal erenneren neee 15 C to 35 C SMA intra ee TR seers 20 to 70 C The DC current ranges 0 to 1 09999 A and 1 1 A to 2 99999 A are sensitive to storage temperatures above 50 C If the 5522A is stored above 50 C for greater than 30 minutes these ranges must be re calibrated Otherwise the 90 day and 1 year uncertainties of these ranges double Temperature Coefficient Temperature coefficient for temperatures outside tcal 5 C is 0 1 X C of the 90 day specification or 1 year as applicable per C Relative Humidity Operativas cdi lt 80 to 30 C lt 70 to 40 C lt 40 to 50 C SOFAS so casas pu itnias tic ct ica lt 95 non condensing After long periods of storage at high humidity a drying out period with power on of at least one week may be required Altitude Operating ri 3 050 m 10 000 ft maximum Non operating canino 12 200 m 40 000 ft maximum Safety issues asas cvatcsssecescvstieesceusctbectesveseodses Complies with EN IEC 61010 1 2001 CAN CSA C22 2 No 61010 1 04 ANSI UL 61010 1 2004 Output Terminal Electrical Overload Protection Provides reverse power protection immediate
241. s depending upon frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 25 ppm 15 mHz 1 The dc offset plus the wave signal must not exceed 30 V rms 7 7 5522A Service Manual 7 8 Pulse Generator Specifications Pulse Generator Characteristics Positive pulse into 50 Q Available Amplitudes 2 5 V 1 V 250 mV 100 mV 25 mV 10 mV Range 4 to 500 ns Pulse Period Range 20 ms to 200 ns 50 Hz to 5 MHz Resolution 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency and width 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty at Cardinal Points tcal 5 2 5 ppm 1 Pulse width not to exceed 40 of period 2 Pulse width uncertainties for periods below 2 us are not specified Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Pulse Period Amplitude into 50 Q p p Typical Rise Time Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function poe Signal Division Ratio TYPical Amplitude into 50 Q Typical Rise Time Typical Lead Time requency p p Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function ee Function Division Ratio Typical Amplitude into 50 Typical Rise Time Typical Lead requency Q p p Time TV Trigger Signal Specifications Trigger Signal Type Field Formats Selectable NTSC SECAM PAL PAL M Polarity Selectable inverted or uninverted video Amplitude into 50 Q p p Adjustable 0 to 1 5 V p p into 50 ohm load 7 accuracy SC1100 Calibration Option Theory
242. s made with the 1 5 MQ and 1 MQ resistors connected in parallel MeasZ Capacitance Verification The verification procedure for the MeasZ Capacitance function is a capacitance measurement of a known value capacitance and then compare the measured capacitance to the value of the capacitance This procedure uses e Adapter and capacitors to make 5 pF 29 pF and 49 pF nominal values at the end of a BNC f connector e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a MeasZ capacitance verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu shown in the display SC1100 Calibration Option Verification 2 Set the Calibrator MeasZ capacitance range to cap Note The MeasZ softkey toggles the MeasZ ranges 3 Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Do not connect anything to the other end of this cable 4 Let the Calibrator measurement become stable and then push the SET OFFSET softkey to zero the capacitance measurement 5 Connect the other end of the cable to the capacitance shown in Table 7 26 See Figure 7 6 Let the Calibrator measurement become stable 7 Record the measurement in Table 7 26 8 Compare the measured capacitance value to the actual capacitance and the value in the tolerance column of the table Table 7 26 MeasZ Capacitance Verification z Calibrator z Nominal Actual Capacitance Capacitance Tolerance Capacitance Value Measurement Overl
243. s than 63 mV p p are verified use the 8481D Power Sensor For voltages 63 mV p p and higher use the 8482A Power Sensor Connect the HP 437B Power Meter to the 8482A or the 8481D Power Sensor as shown in Figure 7 12 To learn more about how to connect these two instruments refer to the operator manuals of the instruments Connect the power meter power sensor combination to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator See Figure 7 13 SC1100 Calibration Option Verification The HP 437B Power Meter must be configured with e PRESET e RESOLN 3 e AUTO FILTER e WATTS e SENSOR TABLE 0 default Zero and self calibrate the power meter with the power sensor Refer to the HP 437B operators manual to learn more fo g om035f eps Figure 7 12 HP 437B Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor Connections gjh104 eps Figure 7 13 Calibrator to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Connections Low Frequency Verification This procedure gives an example of a low frequency flatness test with a 5 5 V Calibrator output Use the same procedure for other amplitudes Compare the results with the flatness specification shown in Table 7 18 1 Set the Calibrator to output of 5 5 V 500 kHz 2 Push opr 3 Let the 5790A measurement become st
244. sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeaeenaes 3 42 3 29 Necessary Test Equipment for High Value Capacitance Measurements 3 43 3 30 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Simulation 3 47 3 31 Verification Tests for Thermocouple Measurement cccccccsccsseceteeeseeeeeeeeeenes 3 48 3 32 Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and V eee 3 48 3 33 Verification Tests for Phase Accuracy V and E eres 3 49 3 34 Verification Tests for Frequency cccccesccsssssssesnseeseecssecseecsseceseceseesseeseeeeeseeeneenses 3 50 5522A Service Manual APRPAPPAPPAPPAPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPAAADAAPAPDDADADADDDDDDDADARPADRDADADYYYEYNYAAFE SS OOO DAMN BRWNKFNNNNNND BE FB BB BRR RRO ODA MN BWNRF AWN BWN Re ae a5 E N N ON P Pa ISO Or SOY IS AR AIDA NO AO Error Message Format iccscccsecaiieoseesaateatasesstedeacctevvadecsdecdgoncetvassesacdesandsovpaneedddeseadeues 4 8 Front Panel Assembly nennir ai 5 4 Front Panel Assembly Rear View cccsccssscesscessceseceeeeeseeesceescecsaecaecnaeenseenaeenes 5 7 Rear Pa el ASSEMD Y oct E ada a ada iia 5 9 Chassis AssembIY ssa ssa n qa DATAS Sara na aa LAST 5 12 WTS AA A O RR AAA DSR a 5 14 Final Assembly sand 5 16 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment 6 10 Voltage HP3458A Settings oree oiea na Aa S iaa 6 14 Edge and Wave Generator HP3458A Settings cccccssesssecsseesceestecetecnteceeeneenes 6 15 Verification Methods for SC600 Functions oooocncocncocnnonn
245. second harmonic will be at 40 dBc but the third harmonic is not at 50 dBc Continue to adjust R8 The second harmonic will change but there is a point at which the harmonics will be at the correct decibel level 2nd harmonic 3rd harmonic om051f eps Figure 6 17 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjustment How to Adjust the Aberrations for the Edge Function You must do the adjustment procedure after you repair the edge function Note To make sure the edge aberrations are set to national standards you must send the Calibrator to Fluke or other company that has traceability for aberrations Fluke has a reference pulse that is sent to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST for characterization This data is then sent to high speed sampling heads which are used to adjust and verify the SC600 Equipment Setup 6 56 This procedure uses Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with SD22 26 input module or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth SC600 Calibration Option 6 SC600 Hardware Adjustments 10 dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or an equivalent Output cable supplied with the SC600 Before you start the aberration adjustment procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 8 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu shown in the display Set the Calibrator to 1 V p p 1 MHz Push opr Set the DSO to
246. sees 6 46 Verificationcat ILMO iii e e i e 6 46 Verification at SOO aeien o 6 47 Pulse Width Verification cccesccescssscessceeeceeseeeseeeseeeseecseecsaecaeenseseneeneeennes 6 49 Pulse Period Veritas ai 6 50 MeasZ Resistance Verification ccccccecsseeseeseeseesecseceeceeeeeeseeeseeeeneeennes 6 51 MeasZ Capacitance Verification c ccccecccssscessceseesteeseceeceseeneeseeeseeeeeneennes 6 52 Overload Function Verification ccccccccecsseesseestececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeecseeeseeesaees 6 53 SC600 Hardware Adjustments cccccesccesscessceesceeeceeseeeseeeseeeseeesaeesaeenseenseenaeens 6 54 Necessary Equipment a iia 6 54 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Function oooooonnccnococonoconaconnnnononanonnnos 6 54 Equipment S Gtup say tii tetitas 6 54 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance ooocoocnoccnoconocnnocnonnnos 6 55 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics cccccscceseeeseeteeeees 6 55 How to Adjust the Aberrations for the Edge Function 6 56 EquipmentiSSUp sam i caderas ea a Pe 6 56 How to Adjust the Edge Aberrations ooooconiocnoonconnconnconnnonnnnonnnanconncoan ccoo nos 6 57 6 2 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Introduction Introduction This chapter contains information and procedures to do the servicing of the SC600 Oscilloscope Calibration Option The calibration and verification procedures supply traceable results for all of the SC600 fun
247. set up for measurement now set up system 5700 for DCI output set to OPERate errmsg gpibPut a 5700 CUR_POST AUX OUT Str dci stp A 0 Hz ercsettled errmsg gpibPut a 5700 OPER sreSettled Call trig 3458 stp errmsg gpibPut a_5700 STBY End If Sub trig 3458 stp As Integer Dim x As Integer errmsg As String response As String no_samples As Integer deltav As Single result 0 all of the voltage data is stuck into this array for optional regression analysis Dim CapChan As Integer CapChan FreeFile Open C DATA HICAP amp Format Str stp For Output As CapChan this triggers the readings and stores them internally in the 3458 errmsg gpibPut a 3458 TARM SGL retrieve the number of samples stored loop until meter is finished taking samples errmsg gpibPut a 3458 MCOUNT Do response Spaces 80 errmsg gpibGet a_3458 response Loop Until Len response lt gt 0 no samples Val response now retrieve the data and put into array Print CapChan Val response For x 1 To no samples Do response Spaces 80 errmsg gpibGet a_3458 response Figure 3 17 Example Visual Basic Program Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Loop Until Len response lt gt 0 capdata x Val response Print CapChan Val response Next x Close CapChan throw out first and last reading compute delta v de
248. shown in Figure 6 14 2 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Wavegen menu shown in the display 3 Push opr 4 Set offset to 0 mV 5 Set the Calibrator frequency to 1 kHz Verification at 1 MQ 1 Set the Calibrator to 1 MQ Note The SCOPEZ softkey toggles the impedance between 50 2 and 1 MQ 2 Connect the one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 4 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 5 Set the Calibrator to output the wave type and voltage shown in Table 6 21 6 Let the 5790A measurement become stable and then record the 5790A measurement for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 21 7 Multiply the rms measurement by the conversion factor in Table 6 21 to convert the measurement to a peak to peak value 8 Compare the result to the value in the tolerance column 6 46 SC600 Calibration Option Verification 6 Verification at 502 1 Set the Calibrator to 50 Q Note The SCOPEZ softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Qand 1 MQ 2 Connect one end of the output cable to the 50 feedthrough termination Connect the other end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator 4 Connect the 50 Q feedthrough termination at the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 5 Set t
249. t Equipment Necessary for Resistance Calibration 3 18 3 15 Resistance Calibration Steps ccccccescescssscensesseeececseecssecssecnseceseeneeseeeseseeeneeeaes 3 19 3 16 Test Equipment Necessary for Capacitance Calibration cccccsccesceseeeseeeneeeees 3 21 3 17 Capacitance Calibration Steps ccccccccsccssecsteceseceseceecseecseeeseeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeaeenaes 3 22 3 18 Calibration Entry Points in Remote coooonooninonnocnnonnnonnconccon nono nono nono noc no non rnrrnnnnnnnnos 3 24 3 19 Verification Tests for DC Voltage NORMAL Output coocoonioccooncnoncconoconoconoconananos 3 31 3 20 Verification Tests for DC Voltage AUX Output ooooonincninonnoncninnconnonononanonnonanonnnos 3 32 3 21 Shunt Values for DC Current Calibration and Verification ooooonnccnnnninnnnnonnnnnnnnos 3 33 3 22 Verification Tests for DC Current AUX Output 3 33 3 23 Verification Tests for Resistance ocooconcnncnoncnoconcnnnncononononncnncnnconncnncnnc conocio nana 3 34 3 24 Verification Tests for AC Voltage NORMAL Output coooconiocconncnonononoconoconoconananos 3 35 3 25 Verification Tests for AC Voltage AUX Output oooonincninnononnnonncoononononanonnnonanonnnos 3 37 3 26 Shunt Values for AC Current Verification a 3 38 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current cceecceceesseeeceseceeeeseesecaeeeseesecaeeaeeseceeceaeeaeeas 3 39 3 28 Verification Tests for Capacitance ccccecscccsseesscesecessces
250. t Mode Only 8 5 AC Current Specifications LCOMP OFF eee 8 5 AC Current Specifications LCOMP ONE eee 8 6 Flicker Simulation Mode ccccecccesscesseeeseeeeeeeeeeecsaecsseceseceseeneeseeeseeeseneennes 8 7 Sags amp Swells Simulation Mode oo cc eccecccccseenseeseeeseeensecneeessecnseeneceeesseeees 8 7 Phase Specifications Sinewave Outputs ccccecscssecsseceteceteceeeeeeeeseeeenseeenes 8 7 Theory of Operations snare a ld 8 7 PPS BC AG Messe a a a n Ees A a 8 8 Main CP UPC E haan a aa NI AN 8 8 Mantenan E asas sa init sis E can E E E pda EUA Gan o vast ENO aaa Ea a 8 8 Equipment Necessary for PQ Option Calibration and Verification 8 8 Performance Verification Tests cccccsccesscsssceeeceeseeeseeeseeeseecseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeneenaes 8 9 Delta Amplitude Verification cccecccccsseesseesceesecseeceseceseceseeneeseeeseeeeeneeenes 8 9 Composite Harmonics Verification c ccccccsccescessceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeesaees 8 10 Call A A te lesa 8 20 NTC 8 21 AUX AC Currents coi 8 21 AUXAC Voltage scams css az a aa aea a aA NOAE RS 8 22 8 1 5522A Service Manual 8 2 PQ Calibration Option 8 Introduction Introduction This chapter contains information and procedures to do the servicing of the PQ Option PQ Options Specifications These specifications apply only to the PQ Option General specifications for the Calibrator mainframe can be found in Ch
251. t Vp p Conversion P Tolerance Wave Output Measurement Factor x Conversion value x v Type 10 kHZ V rms Factor correction P P V p p SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification Table 6 22 Wave Generation Verification at 50 cont 5790A Calibrator Calibrator 5790A Measurement V p p Conversion Tolerance Wave Output Measurement Factor x Conversion value x v Type 10 kHZ V rms Factor correction P P V p p am Jew fumo o o ame ECTS how or ame ro fewo __ oa ame uom promo ame sony from snare roomy romo 0 01357 V 0 0136 V 0 0235 V EM ES ECTS RR ECC ame rev fumo iY ame amv from ore FCT fem CTA w pev fem VA fore amv e O RCA wena sony ua _ CT verse roomy oa __ LT woe sso oa __ CT CE ECT heen O CITA wwe ECT oa CTA vena amv ua fomos Pulse Width Verification This procedure uses 0 0331 V 0 0541 V 0 0751 V e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f 6 49 5522A Service Manual e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e Output cable supplied with the SC600 e Second BNC cable To do a pulse width verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 8 2 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to one of the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adap
252. t as shown in Figure 6 7 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu shown in the display Set the PM 6680 to the measure frequency function with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 Q impedance Connect one end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the BNC f to Type N m adapter to the other end of the output cable Connect the Type N connector to the PM 6680 channel shown in Table 6 16 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as shown in Table 6 16 Set the Calibrator output to the parameters shown in Table 6 16 Push opr Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable and then record the frequency measurement in Table 6 16 Table 6 16 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Measurement Frequency Calibrator PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 Tolerance Frequency ch anne 50 kHz 500 kHz 5 MHz 50 MHz 500 MHz Do se Oo e DO fem DO se Tio MEN Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification This procedure uses Hewlett Packard 8590A Spectrum Analyzer BNC f to Type N m adapter Output cable supplied with the SC600 To do a Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification 1 6 38 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 10 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification HP 8590A 5522A SC600 AUX SCOPE RTD A MSENSEAUXV OUT HI 000V RMS AV PK MAX Mi BNC F to Type N M Adapter gjh110 eps Figure 6 10
253. t digit out of range Can t switch edit field now Not editing output now dBm only for single sine ACV 4 9 5522A Service Manual 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 600 601 602 DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE F DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR DDE FR DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE DDE FR D DDE FR DDE FR ee ee OO AAA XA OS Freq too high for non sine Value outside locked range Must specify an output unit Can t do two fregs at once Can t source 3 values at once Temp must be degrees C or F Can t do that now Limit too small or large No changes except RESET now Offset out of range Cannot edit to or from 0 Hz Bad state image not loaded TC offset limited to 500 C Can t go to STBY in Meas TC Can t set an offset now Can t lock this range Can t set phase or PF now Can t set wave now Can t set harmonic now Can t change duty cycle now Can t change compensation now Current OUTPUT moved to 5725A TC ref must be valid TC temp Can t turn EARTH on now STA co
254. t of the calibration steps for AUX dc volts Table 3 12 AUX DC Volts Calibration Steps 5522A Output AUX 300 000 mV 3 00000 V 7 00000 V AC Volts Calibration AUX Output To calibrate the auxiliary ac voltage function use the same procedure used for the normal ac voltage output but connect to the AUX HI and LO terminals on the UUT Table 3 13 is a list of the calibration steps for AUX dc volts Table 3 13 AUX Output AC Volts Calibration Steps 5522A Output AUX DO mo a 5 0000 V 100 Hz 5522A Service Manual Resistance Calibration Table 3 14 is a list of equipment necessary to calibrate the resistance function The equipment is also shown in the consolidated table Table 3 1 Table 3 14 Test Equipment Necessary for Resistance Calibration ay Manufacturer Mode Equipment 8508A Reference Multimeter To calibrate the resistance function 1 On the Fluke 8508A put a 4 wire short Fluke PN 2540973 across the HI and LO input and sense terminals 2 Push Ohms then INPUT and then ZERO FUNC Allow the zero function to finish Make sure that the UUT Unit Under Test is in Standby 4 Follow the instructions on the Control Display to connect the 8508A to the UUT for 4 wire ohms measurement as shown in Figure 3 10 Push the GO ON softkey and let the internal calibration steps complete 6 Measure and type the values into the UUT for calibration steps 1 through 8 in Table 3 15 as instructed
255. t the board out of its socket in the Motherboard Put the board shield side down 7 To remove the shield remove Phillips screw at the center of the shield then pull the sides of the shield away from the board 8 To install the shield first align one set of tabs then push the other side into position Main CPU A9 You can remove the Main CPU A9 with the rear panel and Filter PCA A12 installed To remove the Main CPU PCA 1 Remove the 3 16 inch jack screws from the SERIAL 1 SERIAL 2 and BOOST AMPLIFIER connectors Remove the inch jack screws from the IEEE 488 connector Remove three Phillips screws from the right side of the rear panel Remove the ribbon cable from the Main CPU PCA A9 There is not much room but the cable is reachable Lift out the Main CPU PCA A90 4 3 5522A Service Manual Rear Panel Assemblies To remove the transformer and the ac line input filter E D a Note Figure 4 1 shows an exploded view of the rear panel assemblies Remove six Allen screws from the rear handles and then remove the handles Remove eight Phillips screws from the bottom cover Remove the bottom cover Remove the three Phillips screws that you access through holes in the bottom flange Remove the power switch pushrod Remove the rear panel If the Main CPU A9 is removed then there are three large cables plus one for fan power If the Main CPU is installed there is one more cable Filter PCA A12
256. tached to connect the TRIG OUT of the Calibrator to the trigger input of the DSO 5 Set the DSO to e Main Time Base 40 ns e Vertical scale 200 mV div 900 mV offset e Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto e Measurement function positive width 6 Push the GO ON softkey Adjust the DSO horizontal scale and main time base position until the pulse signal spans between half and full display If no pulse is output increase the pulse width with the front panel knob of the Calibrator until a pulse is output 8 Ifinstructed to adjust the pulse width by the Calibrator display adjust the pulse width to as near 4 ns as possible with the front panel knob of the Calibrator 9 Push the GO ON softkey 10 Let the DSO width measurement become stable 11 Type in the measurement through the keypad of the Calibrator 12 Push enter 6 21 5522A Service Manual Note The Calibrator shows a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the limits of the value If this occurs examine the setup and carefully re type in the measurement with the correct multiplier m 4 n p If the warning continues type in a value between the pulse width shown in the display and the last typed in value Continue to do this with a value that is nearer to the pulse width in the display until the value is accepted After you complete the pulse width calibration you must re do the calibration until a
257. tage from 0 V to 1020 V AC voltage from 1 mV to 1020 V with output from 10 Hz to 500 kHz AC current from 29 uA to 20 5 A with variable frequency limits DC current from 0 to 20 5 A Resistance values from a short circuit to 1100 MQ Capacitance values from 220 pF to 110 mF Simulated output for eight types of Resistance Temperature Detectors RTDs Simulated output for eleven types of thermocouples Motherboard A3 yg116f eps Figure 2 1 5522A Internal Layout Encoder PCA A2 The Encoder PCA A2 has its own microprocessor and is in communication with the Main CPU PCA A9 on the Rear Panel through a serial link Memory for the Encoder PCA is contained in EPROM The Encoder PCA is the interface to the Keyboard PCA Al 2 3 5522A Service Manual Synthesized Impedance PCA A5 The Synthesized Impedance PCA AS supplies variable resistance and capacitance outputs It uses discrete resistors and capacitors as references with an amplifier in series Figure 2 2 is a block diagram of the synthesized resistance function Figure 2 3 is a block diagram of the synthesized capacitance function For resistance synthesis there is a two wire compensation circuit an input amplifier two DACs coarse and fine with offset adjust and an output LO buffer For capacitance synthesis there is a two wire compensation circuit selectable references an input amplifier two DACs coarse and fine and an output LO
258. tage output and the allowable maximum peak signal For example a 10 V p p square wave output has a peak value of 5 V allowing a maximum offset up to 50 V to not exceed the 55 V maximum peak signal The maximum offset values shown above are for the minimum outputs in each range For frequencies 0 01 to 10 Hz and 500 kHz to 2 MHz the offset uncertainty is 5 of output 1 of the offset range Max Peak Range m Normal Channel Offset Range 2 Signal AC Voltage Square Wave Characteristics Risetime Settling Time Overshoot 1 kHz gm 1 kHz Duty Cycle Range Duty Cycle Uncertainty 1 kHz Typical Typical Typical 9 1 O lt 10 us to 1 of 1 to 99 lt 3 3 V p p 0 02 of pensa 100 ns 50 duty cycle lt 1 us final value lt 2 0 01 Hz to 100 kHz 0 05 of period 100 ns other duty cycles from 10 to 90 AC Voltage Triangle Wave Characteristics typical Linearity to 1 kHz Aberrations 0 3 of p p value from 10 to 90 point lt 1 of p p value with amplitude gt 50 of range 1 26 Introduction and Specifications 1 Additional Specifications AC Current Non Sine Wave Triangle Wave amp Truncated Sine Wave FiSaten 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Max Current Range q y of output of range Resolution p p 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 0 047 to oe 0 92999 ma 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits 1 to 10 kHz 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 0 93 to ee
259. ter and then to the sampling head of the DSO through the 3 dB attenuator 3 Use the second BNC cable with the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter attached to connect the TRIG OUT of the Calibrator to the trigger input of the DSO 4 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu shown in the display 5 Push on the Calibrator 6 Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display 7 Set the DSO to e Main Time Base 40 ns e Vertical scale 200 mV div e Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto e Measurement function positive width 8 Set the Calibrator to the pulse width and period shown in Table 6 23 Set the voltage to 1 V 9 Change the horizontal scale on the DSO to the value shown in Table 6 23 10 Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the pulse signal is in the center of the DSO display 11 Record the width measurement 12 Compare the width measurement to the value in the tolerance column of the table Table 6 23 Pulse Width Verification Function Range Nominal Value Measured Value High Limit 2 ms Period 40 00 ns 40 000 o 36 00 44 00 Pulse Period Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e Output cable supplied with the SC600 6 50 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Verification To do a pulse period verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in
260. th 8 GHz bandwidth 10 dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Output cable supplied with the SC600 Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard 8590A Note The models shown in this list are recommended to get accurate results How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Function There are two adjustment procedures that you must do for the leveled sine wave function The first procedure adjusts the balance out of the LO VCO so that the signal is balanced between the two VCOs The second procedure adjusts the harmonics Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you start this procedure make sure that the Calibrator is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu shows in the display and set it to output 5 5 V p p 600 MHz 1 2 3 Push opr Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 6 10 Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it shows one peak across its horizontal center line in the display The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the center line as shown in Figure 6 16 SC600 Calibration Option 6 SC600 Hardware Adjustments How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance To adjust leveled sine wave VCO balance Note The equipment must be setup as described in the Equipment Setup section 1 Set the Calibrator to 5 5 V 600 MHz 2 Set the Spectrum Analyzer to e Start frequency 10 MHz e Stop frequency 800 MHz e Resolution bandwidth 30 kHz e Video Ba
261. that is nearer to the pulse width in the display until the value is accepted After you complete the pulse width calibration you must re do the calibration until all typed in values are accepted the first time without the message 13 Do steps 7 through 12 again until the Calibrator instructs you to connect a resistor 14 Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants MeasZ Calibration 7 24 The MeasZ function is calibrated with resistors and a capacitor of known values The actual resistance and capacitance values are typed in while they are measured by the Calibrator The resistors and capacitor must make a solid connection to a BNC f to make a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC1100 The resistance and capacitance values must be known at this BNC f connector An HP 3458A DMM is used to make a 4 wire ohms measurement at the BNC f connector to find the actual resistance values An HP 4192A Impedance Analyzer at 10 MHz is used to find the actual capacitance value This procedure uses e Resistors of known values 1 MQ and 50 Q nominal e Adapters to connect resistors to the BNC f connector e Adapters and capacitor to get 50 pF nominal value at the end of the BNC f connector e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 To do a MeasZ calibration 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 6 SC1100 Calibration Option T Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Volt
262. the EXT Trig connector on the rear panel of the HP 3458A Make sure the Calibrator impedance is set to 50 Q The Output softkey toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MO Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0007 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0012 for the lower part of the waveform baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step See Table 7 8 Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display Measure the topline first as shown in Table 7 8 For each measurement get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC1100 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section to learn more Measure the baseline of each output after the topline measurement as shown in Table 7 8 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column 7 31 5522A Service Manual Table 7 8 AC Voltage Verification at 50 Q Beal Topline Baseline Peak to ene Tolerance P Measurement Measurement Peak V 1 kHz correction 100 mV de EA E E A SA ARA tome moma f moma womve gt moma gt moma gt ESE oo IESO ee RR S
263. tion Equipment 8 8 Delta Amplitude Verification Static Condition eee 8 9 Delta Amplitude Verification Flicker Condition eee 8 10 Composite Harmonics Verification eee eereeeeerererererenarenereeeanos 8 10 Normal ACY olts aia A A TS EE 8 21 AUX A CC eM es dies cad ES AT ERA dos EA ARTES A Lee hes a odes oeeesaes debs 8 21 AUX A CHV ollage teses n A DD ia 8 22 5522A Service Manual List of Figures Figure Title Page 1 1 5522A Multi Product Calibrator 0 ccccccecscccssessseecseeseessecssecnsecnseeneeseeeeseeeeeenaes 1 3 1 2 RS 232 Remote Conmection ccccccceccccsscesssessseeseeesceeseecaecsseceseseeeseaeesseeeseeeteeesaes 1 6 2 1 5522A Internal Layout errr a a cono nono e e nono nono nn cnn cn EERI aa 2 3 2 2 Synthesized Resistance Function cccecccecscesssesseesecsseceseceseceseesseceeeeseeeeeseeeseeeaes 2 4 2 3 Synthesized Capacitance FUNction c cccceccceescesseesseceeceeceseceeeseeceeeeseeeeeseeeeeeenes 2 5 2 4 Current Function AUX Out Ranges cccceccccsseessecsseceteceeceeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeaes 2 6 225 Voltage FUnCt on A sin Pest eann e aa a baa EE a ae a A E aeaa kait 2 7 3 1 DC Volts Calibration Connections up to 30 V u cc eeccccscessecetecetecesecseeeeeeeeeeeeneeenaes 3 6 3 2 DC Volts 30 V and Above Calibration Connections ccccesceeseeescenseeteeeneeesees 3 7 3 3 AC Volts Calibration Comnections c ccccecccesssesseesseceecsece
264. tion and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 27 Verification Tests for AC Current cont fans wwe trees cowie monte Capacitance Verification Make sure the Calibrator outputs the current between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 28 Use the PM 6304C RCL Meter directly for capacitance values that are less than or equal to 109 000 uF For more than 109 000 uF you must use a timed charge up routine with a constant current source in order to achieve the necessary test uncertainty ratio 3 41 5522A Service Manual To do a verification on capacitance more than 109 000 UF see the 200 UF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification section Table 3 28 Verification Tests for Capacitance em mee ra 3 42 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 28 Verification Tests for Capacitance cont or Current 3 2999 mF 3 0000 mF 800 uA de 2 9868 mF 3 0132 mF 10 9999 mF 3 3000 mF 900 uA de 3 2788 mF 3 3212 mF 10 9999 mF 10 9000 mF 2 7 mA dc 10 8529 mF 10 9471 mF 200 uF to 110 mF Capacitance Verification The calibrator can source capacitance values much larger than what most RCL meters can measure To do capacitance verification on outputs from 200 uF to 110 mF a de current from a precision current source and a high speed sampling digital multimeter is necessary Capacitance Measurement By definition capacitance is the product of an applied curr
265. tion to learn more Edge Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e 50 Q feedthrough termination To do Edge Amplitude Calibration 1 Setup the equipment as shown in Figure 7 4 2 Push the OPTIONS softkey 3 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until Set up to measure fast edge amplitude shows in the display 4 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0002 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step Note For the edge function the topline is near 0 V and the baseline is a negative voltage 7 For each calibration step get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC1100 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements section to learn more The true amplitude of the waveform is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements after a load resistance error correction To make this correction multipl
266. tness ooooiccninccionoconcconoconocnocons 6 41 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness ccceesceseeeteeeteeeeeeees 6 41 Low Frequency Verification cccccccessescesseeeseeeseeesseeseecseeenseenseceseenseeees 6 42 High Frequency Verification ccccccccsccsssceescessceeeeeeeeeeeeseecsecneeneeeaeenes 6 43 Time Marker Verification en e n a 6 44 Wave Generator Verification ccccccesccesscessceseceseeeeeceeceeeaecnsecnseenseenaeenes 6 45 Wave Generator Verification Setup ooooonoocnocnnoonnoonnoononancon nono noconoconocononos 6 46 Verification at I MO si ii ta a 6 46 Verification SOM nectar iii italia 6 47 Pulse Width Verification putita india 6 49 Pulse Period Verification cccivsiccscccsvcecesedesdeiitveceivecduceedibescesentsvacensecnseededdees 6 50 MeasZ Resistance Verification cccccccesscessceeseeeeeeseeesceeseecnecsseceeeseenaeenes 6 51 MeasZ Capacitance Verification ccccesccesceseessseeseeesseessecaecssecnseeneenseenes 6 52 Overload Function Verification ccccccsccsssecssecssesteceteceseeeecseeeseeeesseeeneenaes 6 53 SC600 Hardware Adjustments cccccecccsseceseceseceseceeecseeeseeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeaaes 6 54 Necessary EQUIP Odia ia aa 6 54 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave Function oooooonccioncocnnonnconnnoonnnanonnnos 6 54 Equipment Setup ni oil i aE 6 54 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance 6 55 How to Adjust the Leveled Sine
267. tor display Make sure that the factor is correct then push the power meter ENTER key Adjust the amplitude with the front panel knob of the Calibrator until the power sensor is equal to the 10 MHz reference 0 1 SC600 Calibration Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 7 Do steps 1 through 5 again until the Calibrator display shows that the reference frequency is now 50 kHz or that the subsequent step is calibrate pulse width Do the low frequency calibration procedure for the subsequent amplitude unless the Calibrator Mainframe display shows that the subsequent steps calibrate pulse width Push the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS softkeys to store the new calibration constants Pulse Width Calibration This procedure uses e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope DSO Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e Output cable supplied with the SC600 e Second BNC cable To do a pulse width calibration 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until Set up to measure pulse width shows in the display 3 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to one of the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and then to the sampling head of the DSO through the 3 dB attenuator 4 Use the second BNC cable with the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter at
268. tor outputs the voltage between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 19 Use the same procedures and equipment that are in the manual calibration section Oe oe eS Table 3 19 Verification Tests for DC Voltage NORMAL Output ms TO ni 3 31 5522A Service Manual Table 3 19 Verification Tests for DC Voltage NORMAL Output cont manos TO ni DC Volts Verification AUX Output Make sure the Calibrator outputs the voltage between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 20 Use the same procedures and equipment that are in the manual calibration section Table 3 20 Verification Tests for DC Voltage AUX Output so E ni 3 32 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests DC Current Verification Make sure the Calibrator outputs the current between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 22 Use the same procedures and equipment that are in the manual calibration section Use the shunt values in Table 3 21 Table 3 21 Shunt Values for DC Current Calibration and Verification MC Smt Table 3 22 Verification Tests for DC Current AUX Output so TE ni 3 33 5522A Service Manual Table 3 22 Verification Tests for DC Current AUX Output cont O ni Resistance Verification Make sure the Calibrator outputs the resistance between the high and low limits shown in Table 3 23 Use the same procedures and equipment that are in the manual calibration section Us
269. uldn t update OTD Can t enter W with non sine Can t edit now Can t set trigger to that now Can t set output imp now Compensation is now OFF Period must be gt 0 A report is already printing ScopeCal option not installed Not a ScopeCal function Can t set marker shape now Can t set video parameter now Marker location out of range Pulse width must be 1 255 Can t set range directly now Not a range for this function Can t set TD pulse now ZERO_MEAS only for C or PRES meas That requires a SC option That requires a SC600 option Time limit must be 1s 60s Can t set ref phase now ZERO_MEAS reading not valid Can t set dampen now Can t turn EXGRD on now Outguard watchdog timeout Power up RAM test failed Power up GPIB test failed Maintenance 4 Complete List of Error Messages 700 701 702 703 800 801 802 803 900 1000 1200 1201 1202 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 DDE R DDE R DDE R DDE R DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR DDE FR CME CME CME CME CME CME EXE QYE QYE QYE QYE DDE DDE DDE EXE CME EXE CME EXE EXE CME CME CME CME CME CME CME CME CME CME
270. ure uses e High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e Second BNC cable To do a pulse width verification 1 Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 7 8 2 Connect the output cable to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Connect the other end of the output cable to one of the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and then to the sampling head of the DSO through the 3 dB attenuator 3 Use the second BNC cable with the BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter attached to connect the TRIG OUT of the Calibrator to the trigger input of the DSO 4 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu shown in the display 5 Push on the Calibrator 6 Push the TRIG softkey on the Calibrator until 1 shows in the display 7 Set the DSO to e Main Time Base 40 ns e Vertical scale 200 mV div e Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto e Measurement function positive width 8 Set the Calibrator to the pulse width and period shown in Table 7 23 Set the voltage to 2 5 V 9 Change the horizontal scale on the DSO to the value shown in Table 7 23 10 Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the pulse signal is in the center of the DSO display 11 Record the width measurement 12 Compare the width measurement to the valu
271. wm EL om om EL ELES EL some O CIC ECO oe EL EL ELE EM ELES EL EM EL om om om oome Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz Calibrator Flatness Specification 1 50 2 00 2 00 2 00 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont Amplitude Calibrator e lima fe e Calibrator v Frequency A c Flatness MHz Specification o4 soma momo ff some E zmz E Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the 437B 10 MHz measurement W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Calculate and record error relative to 10 MHz 7 51 5522A Service Manual 7 52 Table 7 19 High Frequency Flatness Verification cont OD MHz mo om _ ome O IN Powe _ E Fill in Columns A through E as follows A Record the 437B present frequency measurement W B Record the
272. xe SLH ZZLH xz ZH 9H XZ 6H 8H XZ pd xy geH pLH gjh202 eps Figure 5 2 Rear Panel Assembly 5 10 List of Replaceable Parts 5 How to Obtain Parts Table 5 3 Chassis Assembly Reference luke Description Part Quantity Designator Number rr fui CO E m feos ETA w porone EN as avom EN ma ronronner o H1 H4 140102 SCREW M3X0 5 8MM PAN PHILLIP STEEL ZN 2803610 CHROMATE H14 H33 SCREW 8 32 375 LO CAP SCKT STAINLESS STEEL BLK 295105 OXIDE LOCK v oomme O vee oee EN we osmo fem THICKNESS 1 16 IN UP TO 3 32 IN WHITE 5 11 5522A Service Manual REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY A65 x l g a a 2 e E E O S E H122 H151 A8 2X VOLTAGE ASSY CURRENT ASSY A7 2X AG DDS ASSY SYNTHZ ASSY SCOPE OPTION SLOT FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY gjh203 eps Figure 5 3 Chassis Assembly 5 12 List of Replaceable Parts How to Obtain Parts 9 Reference Designator Table 5 4 Wiring Fluke Description Part Quantity Number LABEL MYLAR GROUND SYMBOL 911388 CABLE 14 PIN SIP OPTREX 5 13 5522A Service Manual Va WWLAG X314 NO SAYIM dO HIWHOASNVEL WOU ONILNOY 40 NOILVOISIGOW S3YIM 40 LNSWHOVLLY Sins SENN 40 YV319 NMOHS SV S3YIM WHOS HS Y Y NOILOAS 338 cSd A19 LHM Y VII 33S 151 NOILdO 3d09S
273. xploded View of Front Panel Assemblies om017f eps Maintenance 4 Diagnostic Tests Diagnostic Tests The Calibrator software has extensive self test procedures If self test finds a malfunction then use diagnostic tests to start fault isolation Note Only do self tests after the Calibrator has completed its warm up To access the diagnostic menus 1 Push setup 2 Push the UTILITY FUNCTNS softkey 3 Push the SELF TEST softkey The menu shows e DIAG Starts internal diagnostics e FRONT PANEL Lets you start the test for front panel knob keys bell and displays e SERIAL IF TEST Does a loopback test between the two serial ports For this test you must attach a straight through serial cable between the two serial ports Pins 2 3 and 5 must be connected for this test e DIGITAL TEST Does a test on the RAM and the bus on the Main CPU A9 How to Do Diagnostic Tests To do diagnostic tests 1 Push setur 2 Push the UTILITY FUNCTNS softkey 3 Push the SELF TEST softkey The menu shows OPTIONS and GO ON 4 Push the GO ON softkey to start diagnostics The Calibrator instructs you to remove all cables from the front panel outputs Install a low ohm copper short circuit across the 20A and AUX LO terminals After you push the GO ON softkey an automatic sequence of tests start Diagnostics has a set of steps that are almost the same as the zero calibration and reports errors How to Test the Front Pa
274. y Sy Sy EA AC Voltage Frequency Verification This procedure uses e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 5522A SC1100 SC1100 Cable At 50 MHZ PM 6680A gjh137 eps Figure 7 7 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup 7 32 SC1100 Calibration Option T Verification To do an ac voltage frequency verification 1 Set the Calibrator to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu shown in the display 2 Push on the Calibrator 3 Set the FUNCTION of the PM 6680 to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 1 MQ impedance and filter off 4 Connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator to channel A of the PM 6680 with the output cable See Figure 7 7 Set the Calibrator to output 2 1 V at each frequency shown in Table 7 9 Let the PM 6680 measurement become stable Record the PM 6680 measurement for each frequency shown in Table 7 9 oS aoe Compare to the tolerance column of Table 7 9 Table 7 9 AC Voltage Frequency Verification meeen j e oh Hz 0 000025Hz 000025 Hz Edge Amplitude Verification To do an edge amplitude verification 1 Connect the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator to the HP 3458A input with the output cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 For ac voltage output at 1 kH
275. y Manufacturer model Equipment To calibrate the capacitance function 1 Connect the UUT to the LCR meter with the Fluke PM 9540 BAN cables as shown in Figure 3 12 These special cables remove the necessity for a four wire connection Note Make sure there are no other connections to the Calibrator especially the SCOPE BNC More ground connections to the Calibrator can cause erroneous capacitance outputs 2 Set the frequency on the LCR meter as shown in Table 3 17 3 Measure and type the values into the UUT for the calibration steps in Table 3 17 as instructed The right column in the table shows the best stimulus frequency for each calibration point 4 Make sure that the UUT is in Standby and disconnect the LCR meter Table 3 17 Capacitance Calibration Steps 5522A Output NORMAL DO mona O 3 22 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 5522A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX SCOPE VAERTD A Q SENSE AUXV QUT HI p gt 20 J AV Ph RMS MAX PM9540 BAN Cable gjh123 eps Figure 3 12 Capacitance Calibration Connection AUX Output Terminals NORMAL Output Terminals Precision Phase Meter gjh102 eps Figure 3 13 Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Verification Connection 3 23 5522A Service Manual Precision Phase Meter 0 1 Ohm shunt RMAL a A placed as closely as y PS possible to the AUX J
276. y the measurement by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 7 20 This procedure uses e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e Output cable supplied with the SC1100 e 50 Q feedthrough termination SC1100 Calibration Option T Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions To do a leveled sine wave amplitude calibration 1 Push the OPTIONS softkey 2 Push the NEXT SECTION softkey until Set up to measure fast edge amplitude shows in the display Connect the output cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination 4 Connect the other end of the output cable to the SCOPE connector of the Calibrator Connect the 50 Q feedthrough termination at the other end of the cable to input 2 of the 5790A with the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 6 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 7 Push the GO ON softkey on the Calibrator Push to turn on the Calibrator output 9 Let the 5790A rms measurement become stable 10 Multiply the 5790A measurement by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Type in the corrected rms measurement through the keypad of the Calibrator 11 Push enter Note The Calibrator will show a message if the typed in value is higher or lower than the l
277. y calibrated before you do calibration of the SC600 The hardware adjustments are intended to be one time adjustments done in the factory Adjustment can be necessary after repair Hardware adjustments must be done before calibration Calibration must be done after if hardware adjustments are made See the Hardware Adjustments section in this chapter The AC Voltage function is dependent on the DC Voltage function Calibration of the AC Voltage function is necessary after the DC Voltage is calibrated The Calibrator Mainframe must complete a warm up period and the SC600 must be turned on for a minimum of 5 minutes before you start calibration This lets internal components become thermally stable The Calibrator Mainframe warm up period is a minimum of two times the period the calibrator was turned off or a maximum of 30 minutes Push score to turn on the SC600 The green LED on the SCOPE key is illuminated when the SC600 is turned on Most of the SC600 Option can be calibrated from the front panel Push score to turn on the SC600 and wait a minimum of 5 minutes To start the Scope Cal mode 1 Push setur 2 Push the CAL softkey 3 Push the CAL softkey again 4 Push the SCOPE CAL softkey Note If you push the Scope Cal softkey sooner than 5 minutes after you pushed a warning message shows in the display All equipment used to calibrate the SC600 must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be kept and oper
278. z set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL For ac voltage output of 10 kHz change the NPLC to 001 3 Set the HP 3458A DELAY to 0002 for the top part of the waveform topline measurement and 0007 for the lower part of the waveform baseline 4 Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the related baseline measurements at each step See Table 7 10 Note For the edge function the topline is near 0 V and the baseline is a negative voltage 5 For each measurement get samples for 2 seconds minimum with the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See the Setup for SC1100 Edge Wave Generator Measurements section to learn more 6 The peak to peak value of the waveform is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Multiply the measurements by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error 7 Record each measurement in Table 7 10 7 33 5522A Service Manual Table 7 10 Edge Amplification Verification Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline o Tolerance Edge Output Range Measurement Measurement z V correction 0 0022 0 0202 0 0003 0 0004 0 0007 Edge Frequency Verification This procedure uses PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691

5522A Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents